Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Edward Elgar Publishing  (1,983)
  • Därr-Expeditionsservice
Datasource
Material
Language
  • 101
    ISBN: 9781839109690
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Frontiers in European entrepreneurship series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Sustainable development ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Sustainable entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems: Introduction / Eddy Laveren, Robert Blackburn, Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh, Cristina Díaz-García and Ángela González-Moreno -- Part I: Sustainable entrepreneurship -- 2. Circular economy and smes: Insights and EU situation / Cristina Díaz-García, Ángela González-Moreno and Francisco J. Sáez-Martínez -- 3. Entrepreneurial cognition, sustainability and venture performance: A machine learning approach / Anna Maija Vuorio And Kaisu Puumalainen -- 4. The way to be green: Determinants of eco-process innovations in the food sector / Maria C. Cuerva, Ángela Triguero and Francisco José Sáez-Martínez -- 5. Emotion as an ethical compass in strategic sustainability decisions / Kirsi Maaria Snellman and Henri Hakala -- Part IIentrepreneurial ecosystems -- 6. Understanding the emergence of the university-based entrepreneurial ecosystem: Comparing the university and company actors' perspectives / Katja Lahikainen -- 7. Under the surface of the agricultural entrepreneurial support ecosystems: Through the lens of complexity leadership theory / Jennie Cederholm Björklund and Jeaneth Johansson -- Part III: Entrepreneurial conditions -- 8. Does family business background matter? Career decision of postgraduate students / Clara Cardone-Riportella, Isabel Feito-Ruiz and David Urbano -- 9. Organisational conditions stimulating the entrepreneurial mindset / Dagmar Ylva Hattenberg, Olga Belousova And Aard J. Groen -- 10. Growth of social and commercial smes - a comparative study / Annu Kotiranta, Saila Tykkyläinen and Kaisu Puumalainen -- Index.
    Abstract: "Sustainable entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems research is ever evolving and this timely book stimulates further exploration, offering a research agenda and alternative approaches. Presenting new scientific evidence together with policy and other practical implications, chapters demonstrate the vibrancy and diversity of approaches in the field. Chapters on sustainable entrepreneurship analyse the circular economy, entrepreneurial decision-making logics, the drivers of eco-process innovations and strategic sustainability decision-making. Entrepreneurial ecosystems are investigated through discussion of different ecosystem orientations as factors influencing entrepreneurial behaviour. This thought-provoking book concludes with consideration of the conditions predicting entrepreneurial activity or behaviour, including family background and the growth of social and commercial SMEs. This book's up-to-date analysis and practical insight will prove invaluable to scholars and researchers in entrepreneurship as well as other business and management academics, policy-makers and practitioners"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 102
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789902761
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (992 Seiten)
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series 375
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of banking
    DDC: 332.1
    Keywords: Bankwirtschaft ; Finanzsystem ; Bank ; Internationale Bank ; Bankgeschäft ; Bankenaufsicht ; Banks and banking ; Economics ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Michael A. Klein (1971), 'A Theory of the Banking Firm', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 3 (2) (Part 9), May, 205-18 -- 2. Douglas W. Diamond and Philip H. Dybvig (1983), 'Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance and Liquidity', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), June, 401-19 -- 3. Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (1998), 'Optimal Financial Crises', Journal of Finance, 53 (4), August, 1245-84 -- 4. Charles W. Calomiris and Charles M. Kahn (1991), 'The Role of Demandable Debt in Structuring Optimal Banking Arrangements', American Economic Review, 81 (3), June, 497-513 -- 5. Douglas W. Diamond (1984), 'Financial Intermediation and Delegated Monitoring', Review of Economic Studies, 51 (3), July, 393-414 -- 6. Joseph E. Stiglitz and Andrew Weiss (1981), 'Credit Rationing in Markets with Imperfect Information', American Economic Review, 71 (3), June, 393-410 -- 7. Anil K. Kashyap, Raghuram Rajan and Jeremy C. Stein (2002), 'Banks as Liquidity Providers: An Explanation for the Coexistence of Lending and Deposit-Taking', Journal of Finance, 57 (1), February, 33-73 -- 8. Allen N. Berger and David B. Humphrey (1997), 'Efficiency of Financial Institutions: International Survey and Directions for Future Research', European Journal of Operational Research, 98 (2), April, 175-212 -- 9. Arnoud W. A. Boot (2017), 'The Future of Banking: From Scale & Scope Economies to Fintech', European Economy - Banks, Regulation and The Real Sector, 2, 77-95 -- 10. Wolf Wagner (2010), 'Diversification at Financial Institutions and Systemic Crises', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 19 (3), July, 373-86 -- 11. Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (2004), 'Competition and Financial Stability', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 36 (3) (Part 2), June, 453-80 -- 12. Sam Langfield and Marco Pagano (2016), 'Bank bias in Europe: Effects on Systemic Risk and Growth', Economic Policy, 31 (85), January, 51-106 -- 13. Mitchell A. Petersen and Raghuram G. Rajan (1994), 'The Benefits of Lending Relationships: Evidence from Small Business Data', Journal of Finance, 49 (1), March, 3-37 -- 14. Allen N. Berger and Gregory F. Udell (2002), 'Small Business Credit Availability and Relationship Lending: The Importance of Bank Organisational Structure', Economic Journal, 112 (477), February, F32-53 -- 15. Òscar Jordà, Moritz Schularick and Alan M. Taylor (2016), 'The Great Mortgaging: Housing Finance, Crises and Business Cycles', Economic Policy, 31 (85), January, 107-52 -- 16. Arnoud W. A. Boot and Lev Ratnovski (2016), 'Banking and Trading', Review of Finance, 20 (6), October, 2219-46 -- 17. Charles Goodhart and Dirk Schoenmaker (2016), 'The Global Investment Banks are now all Becoming American: Does that Matter for Europeans?', Journal of Financial Regulation, 2 (2), August, 168-81 -- 18. Allen Goss and Gordon S. Roberts (2011), 'The Impact of Corporate Social Responsibility on the Cost of Bank Loans', Journal of Banking and Finance, 35 (7), July, 1794-1810 -- 19. Thorsten Beck, Asli Demirgüç-Kunt and Maria Soledad Martinez Peria (2008), 'Banking Services for Everyone? Barriers to Bank Access and Use around the World', World Bank Economic Review, 22 (3), November, 397-430
    Abstract: 20. Robert Grosse and Lawrence G. Goldberg (1991), 'Foreign Bank Activity in the United States: An Analysis by Country of Origin', Journal of Banking and Finance, 15 (6), December, 1093-112 -- 21. Nicola Cetorelli and Linda S. Goldberg (2012), 'Banking Globalization and Monetary Transmission', Journal of Finance, 67 (5), October, 1811-43 -- 22. Dirk Schoenmaker (2011), 'The Financial Trilemma', Economics Letters, 111, 57-9 -- 23. Stijn Claessens and Neeltje Van Horen (2014), 'Foreign Banks: Trends and Impact', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 46 (S1), February, 295-326 -- 24. Ralph De Haas and Iman Van Lelyveld (2014), 'Multinational Banks and the Global Financial Crisis: Weathering the Perfect Storm?', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 46 (S1), February, 333-64 -- 25. Eugenio Cerutti, Giovanni Dell'Ariccia and Maria Soledad Martinez Peria (2007), 'How Banks Go Abroad: Branches or Subsidiaries', Journal of Banking and Finance, 31 (6), June, 1669-92 -- 26. Eugenio Cerutti and Christina Schmieder (2014), 'Ring Fencing and Consolidated Banks' Stress Tests', Journal of Financial Stability, 11, April, 1-12 -- 27. Dirk Schoenmaker (2015), 'The New Banking Union Landscape in Europe: Consolidation Ahead?', Journal of Financial Perspectives, 3 (2), 189-201 -- 28. David Miles, Jing Yang and Gilberto Marcheggiano (2013), 'Optimal Bank Capital', Economic Journal, 123 (567), March, 1-37 -- 29. Enrico Perotti and Javier Suarez (2011), 'A Pigovian Approach to Liquidity Regulation', International Journal of Central Banking, 7 (4), 3-41 -- 30. Dirk Schoenmaker and Peter Wierts (2015), 'Regulating The Financial Cycle: An Integrated Approach with a Leverage Ratio', Economics Letters, 136, November, 70-2 -- 31. Raj Aggarwal and Kevin T. Jacques (2001), 'The Impact of FDICIA and Prompt Corrective Action on Bank Capital and Risk: Estimates Using a Simultaneous Equations Model', Journal of Banking and Finance, 25 (6), June, 1139-60 -- 32. Jean-Charles Rochet (2003), 'Why Are There so Many Banking Crises?', CESifo Economic Studies, 49 (2), 141-55 -- 33. Ben S. Bernanke (1983), 'Nonmonetary Effects of the Financial Crisis in the Propagation of the Great Depression', American Economic Review, 73 (3), June, 257-76 -- 34. C. A. E. Goodhart (1987), 'Why Do Banks Need a Central Bank?' Oxford Economic Papers, 39 (1), March, 75-89 -- 35. Tobias Adrian and Hyun Song Shin (2010), 'Liquidity and Leverage', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 19 (3), July, 418-37 -- 36. Andrei Shleifer and Robert Vishny (2011), ' Fire Sales in Finance and Macroeconomics', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 25 (1), Winter, 29-48 -- 37. Luc Laeven and Fabián Valencia (2013), 'The Real Effects of Financial Sector Interventions During Crises', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 45 (1), February, 147-77 -- 38. Emilios Avgouleas, Charles Goodhart and Dirk Schoenmaker (2013), 'Bank Resolution Plans as a Catalyst for Global Financial Reform', Journal of Financial Stability, 9 (2), June, 210-18
    Abstract: "Banks have a special position in the financial system. Their exclusive link to the central bank puts them at the top of the financial system and enables banks to offer liquidity to the wider economy. They also provide loans and payment services to firms and households. This multifaceted nature of banking makes the economics of banking exciting. Together with an original introduction by the editor, this collection assembles the best 'banking' papers on all these dimensions and will be invaluable for all banking scholars and practitioners"--
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 103
    ISBN: 9781800376014
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Steuerpolitik ; Finanzpolitik ; Risiko ; Modellierung ; Öffentliche Schulden ; Wirkungsanalyse ; Theorie ; Fiscal policy ; Electronic books ; Bibliographie enthalten
    Abstract: "Presenting innovative modelling approaches to the analysis of fiscal policy and government debt, this book moves beyond previous models that have relied upon the assumption that various age-specific rates and policy variables remain unchanged when it comes to generating government expenditures and tax revenues. As a result of population ageing, current policy settings in many countries are projected to lead to unsustainable levels of public debt; Tax Policy and Uncertainty explores models that allow for feedbacks and uncertainty to combat this. Applicable to any country, the models in the book explore the optimal timing and extent of tax changes in the face of anticipated high future debt. Chapters produce stochastic debt projections, including probability distribution of debt ratios at each point in time. It also offers important analysis of fiscal policy trade-offs as well as providing advice on when and by how much tax rates should be increased. Economics scholars focusing on fiscal policy will appreciate the improved models in this book that allow both for uncertainty and feedback effects arising from responses to increased debt. It will also be helpful to economic policy advisors and economists in government departments"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 104
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978972
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Neue Seidenstraße ; Internationale Wirtschaftsbeziehungen ; Verkehrsinfrastruktur ; Globalisierung ; China ; Infrastructure (Economics) ; Business logistics ; Electronic books ; Bibliographie enthalten
    Abstract: Contents: Preface: Beyond China, China, China -- PART I INTRODUCTION -- 1. Actions and Reactions -- PART II CHINA -- 2. From China's Logistics to China's Geologistics -- PART III THE SILK ROAD ECONOMIC BELT: LANDBRIDGES, ECONOMIC CORRIDORS AND DRY PORTS -- 3. Landbridging Eurasia -- 4. Secondary Economic Corridors, Dry Ports and Seaport Gateways -- PART IV THE TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY MARITIME SILK ROAD: BLUE ECONOMIC PASSAGES, AN ECONOMIC CIRCLE AND SEAPORTS -- 5. China-Indian Ocean-Africa-Mediterranean Passage -- 6. China-Oceania-South Pacific Passage: Adding Antarctica -- 7. China-Arctic Ocean Passage -- 8. China-Trans-Pacific Ocean Passage: Latin America and the Caribbean -- PART V CONCLUSION -- 9. Five Years On, Centennial Goals and an Imperial Connection? -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "This insightful book examines the growing role of China on the global stage by gauging the varying reactions of international spectators to Beijing's hugely significant Belt and Road Initiative. Featuring detailed studies of key geologistical projects, Peter Rimmer charts the swift transformation of China's domestic logistics systems into a global geologistics policy. Analyses of major international logistical projects, from the Great Stone Industrial Park of Belarus, through the ports of Gwadar, Piraeus, Darwin and Sabetta to the Nicaragua Canal, illustrate the global impact of China's geologistical developments and how key logistics skills are exported through the Silk Road Economic Belt and the 21st Century Maritime Silk Road. This book distils China's global logistics developments into three basic models - the transcontinental, the reverse and the classic - to reflect upon the effects of the first five years of the Belt and Road Initiative. Laced with detailed empirical studies and an array of illustrative maps, Rimmer assesses the domestic impact of the Initiative thus far and offers an astute appraisal of the imperial connotations of Beijing's global logistical project. This enlightening book provides crucial insights for academics and researchers in political science, transport studies and economics investigating China's recent policy initiatives, particularly those who examine the impact of geologistics. Policymakers and commentators will also benefit from the author's unique empirical insight into global logistics development"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 105
    ISBN: 9781839105098
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 Seiten)
    Edition: Second edition
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Organisatorischer Wandel ; Organisationstheorie ; Philosophie ; Organizational change Philosophy ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction - 'changing philosophies' -- 2. The theory philosophy: 'changing theories' -- 3. The rational philosophy: 'changing plans' -- 4. The biological philosophy: 'changing organisms' -- 5. The models philosophy: 'changing consultants' -- 6. The institutional philosophy: 'changing conformity' -- 7. The resource philosophy: 'changing opportunities' -- 8. The psychological philosophy: 'changing minds' -- 9. The systems philosophy: 'changing everything' -- 10. The cultural philosophy: 'changing values' -- 11. The critical philosophy: 'changing realities' -- 12. The innovation philosophy: 'changing ideas' -- 13. The dualities philosophy: 'changing tensions' -- 14. Conclusion: 'changing futures' -- Index.
    Abstract: "This revised and extended second edition evaluates the diverse approaches to organizational change that have defined the field. Explaining the assumptions and implications that accompany these diverse philosophies, this book demystifies the complexities of conflicting perspectives and delivers valuable insights into the research and practice of organizational change. Philosophies of Organizational Change employs a critical analysis of scholarly writings that have shaped the evolution of alternative perspectives on change. It examines twelve unique approaches to change, charting the territory from philosophy and theory to practice and implications. By uncovering the deep assumptions associated with organizational change, the book supplies readers with a comprehensive analytical toolkit with which to pursue change in an unprecedented era of organizational disruption. Offering a guide through contradictory approaches to implementing change, this book will appeal to scholars and researchers in organization theory. It will also be valuable for MBA and DBA students, as well as undergraduate business students engaging with critical debates on theories and tools for introducing change"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 106
    ISBN: 9781786434678
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New horizons in marketing series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Social marketing and advertising in the age of social media
    DDC: 658.8/72
    Keywords: Social Marketing ; Online-Marketing ; Social Web ; Werbung ; Ethik ; Social marketing ; Social media Economic aspects ; Internet advertising ; Internet marketing ; Social marketing ; Social networks ; Computer network resources ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1 Reinforcing the 'social' in social marketing / Lukas Parker and Linda Brennan -- So what is social marketing? -- What social marketing is not -- Book structure -- References -- Social marketing frameworks / Linda Brennan, Lukas Parker and Ella Chorazy -- Approaches to social marketing -- Social marketing frameworks -- Social marketing and de-marketing strategies -- Systems thinking and behavioural ecological systems -- A targeted social marketing toolkit -- The types of social marketing activities undertaken at each level -- Conclusion -- References -- Social media mechanics and marketing strategy / Dang Nguyen, Linda Brennan, Lukas Parker, Nhat-Tram Phan-Le and Ella Chorazy -- Getting started: from social network sites to social media --- People power: how information spreads on social networks -- Experience and engagement: how social media function -- Conclusion -- References -- The Four Es: ingredients for successful social advertising / Linda Brennan, Lynn Poole, Phillip Morgan, Lukas Parker and Johanna Prasch -- Introduction -- Developing the Four Es of a social advertising toolkit -- Case 1: NSW Health - 'Safe Sex. No Regrets' campaign -- Case 2: Cancer Institute NSW - 'Breast Cancer: Early Detection is Vital' -- Case 3: Sydney Water - voluntary water saving: every drop counts -- Conclusion -- References -- The use of emotions in social marketing and social advertising / Tej Pochun, Linda Brennan and Lukas Parker -- Introduction -- Definitions -- Types of affect -- Affect and its use in social marketing -- Negative emotions and social marketing -- Positive emotions and social marketing -- Conclusion -- References -- 6 Social marketing with fear, guilt and shame / Linda Brennan, Tej Pochun and Lukas Parker -- Introduction -- Fear appeals in social marketing -- Guilt appeals in social marketing -- Shame appeals in social marketing -- Conclusion -- References -- 7 Positive emotions in social marketing and social advertising using humour / Linda Brennan, Lukas Parker, Dang Nguyen and Tej Pochun -- Positive emotions in advertising -- Humour appeals and social advertising -- Conclusion -- References -- 8 Telling stories: the science of social media content / John Dingeldei, Linda Brennan, Lukas Parker, Dang Nguyen and Ella Chorazy -- Introduction -- Storytelling is the foundation of a shared humanity -- Principles of storytelling -- Social media connects people to both a real and virtual world -- Social media is driven by content creation -- Social media storytelling techniques connect and persuade -- Social marketing and digital storytelling -- Conclusion -- References -- 9 Ethical challenges associated with social marketing communication / Michaela Jackson -- Introduction: why a chapter on ethics and social marketing? -- That's immoral! Criticising marketing communication practices -- Using marketing communication for good: the utilitarian defence -- Do the ends justify the means used in these campaigns? -- Duty, behaviour, and codes of ethics -- Social media: opportunities and challenges for social marketers -- Examples highlighting the challenges and opportunities of social media for social marketers -- A timely opportunity for reflection -- Concluding remarks -- References -- Glossary -- Index.
    Abstract: "Reviewing and analysing the most relevant concepts, theories and strategies related to the field, this timely book reveals what makes for strong social marketing and social advertising campaigns. With a comprehensive understanding of social advertising models and their applications, chapters present original case studies and scenarios from international researchers to illustrate strategies and concepts in practice. Exploring the mechanics of social media, contributors highlight what makes a successful campaign. They evaluate the use and impact of emotions in social power, exploring the power of storytelling, whilst weighing ethical implications. The book covers important and upcoming areas of interest in the field including the rise of social media influencers, the use of memes, the functionality of social media, and the use of fear, guilt and shame in communications campaigns as well as positive emotions. This book will assist marketing academics and practitioners in the development of successful campaigns as it highlights not only what these campaigns look like, but also why they achieve success. It will also prove an excellent guide for government organizations and public policy makers interested in using social marketing for health promotion and social change"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 107
    ISBN: 9781839104954
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Management ; Künstliche Intelligenz ; Betriebliche Wertschöpfung ; Wettbewerbsvorteil ; Artificial intelligence ; Business enterprises Technological innovations ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: From Intelligent Machines To Self-Driven Organizations -- 1. Artificial Intelligence And Machine Learning Landscape -- 2. The Impact Of Autonomous Systems On Technologies, Processes And Industry Sectors -- 3. Autonomous Systems In Value Generation -- 4. Prospects For The Future -- Conclusions -- Index.
    Abstract: "Autonomous systems are on the frontiers of Artificial Intelligence (AI) research, and they are slowly finding their business applications. Driven mostly by Reinforcement Learning (RL) methods (one of the most difficult, but also the most promising modern AI algorithms), autonomous systems help create self-learning and self-optimizing systems, ranging from simple game-playing agents to robots able to efficiently act in completely new environments. Based on in-depth study of more than 100 projects, Andrzej Wodecki explores RL as a key component of modern digital technologies, its real-life applications to activities in a value chain and the ways in which it impacts different industries. Artificial Intelligence in Management will help project leaders, decision makers and investors evaluate new autonomous projects and will serve as an inspiring guide for future research"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 108
    ISBN: 9781788974387
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the temporal dynamics of organizational behavior
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Verhalten in Organisationen ; Zeit ; Organisationsforschung ; Methodologie ; Organizational behavior ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction to the handbook on the temporal dynamics of organizational behavior / Yannick Griep and Samantha D. Hansen -- Part I: The need to look at organizational behavior from a dynamic perspective -- 1. How a dynamic way of thinking can challenge existing knowledge in organizational behavior / Hannes Zacher and Cort W. Rudolph -- 2. Principles for taking a dynamic perspective / Christopher R. Dishop, Jeffrey Olenick, and Richard P. DeShon -- Part II: A dynamic look at organizational behavior topics -- 3. Keeping up with the pace of change: a recipient-centered perspective on change and its outcomes / Irina Nikolova and Jeroen de Jong -- 4. A temporal perspective on work-family experiences / Marijke Verbruggen, Elisabeth Abraham, and Lynn Germeys -- 5 a temporal perspective on organizational citizenship behavior and counterproductive work behavior / Reeshad S. Dalal and Linden T. Hughes -- 6 temporal and person-oriented perspectives on job insecurity / Katharina Klug, Claudia Bernhard-Oettel, Eva Selenko, and Magnus Sverke -- 7. A temporal perspective on work design and job crafting / Lotta K. Harju and Maria Tims -- 8. A temporal perspective on psychological contracts / Tim Vantilborgh, Yang Yang, and Jiahong Du -- 9. From split seconds to lifetimes: the temporal fabric of fairness dynamics / Camille Desjardins and Marion Fortin -- 10. A dynamic capabilities view of talent acquisition: Resource verification and risk management / David J. Finch and Nadege Levallet -- 11. A temporal look at decision making / Jason L. Harman, Justin Weinhardt, and John-Luke McCord -- 12. Temporal development of job attitudes during the first two years on the job: a meta-analysis of longitudinal studies / Omar N. Solinger and Jesse T. Vullinghs -- 13. Dynamic personality at work / Nadin Beckmann and Robert E. Wood -- 14. A temporal perspective on emotions / Annika Nübold, Peter Kuppens, and Philippe Verduyn -- 15. A dynamic perspective on workplace motivation / James W. Beck and Anna F. Gödöllei -- 16. A temporal approach to studying organizational leadership / Jesse T. Vullinghs and Edina Dóci -- 17. A temporal perspective on teams / Antonio Cunha Meneses Abrantes, Thomas A. O'Neill, and Ana Margarida Passos -- 18. The temporal perspective on well-being at work: lessons learned and future trends / Despoina Xanthopoulou, Kevin Daniels, and Ana Isabel Sanz-Vergel -- 19. A temporal perspective on workplace safety / Jeremy M. Beus -- Part III: A method toolbox -- 20. Discontinuous growth models: illustrations, recommendations, and an r function for generating the design matrix / Paul D. Bliese, Jason Kautz, and Jonas W. B. Lang -- 21. Mixture modeling for organizational behavior research / Alexandre J. S. Morin, Matthew J. W. McLarnon, and David Litalien -- 22. Computational modeling: getting dynamic theory correct / Jeffrey B. Vancouver and Cassandra E. Colton -- 23. Thinking longitudinal: a framework for scientific inferences with temporal data / Christopher R. Dishop, Michael T. Braun, Goran Kuljanin, and Richard P. DeShon -- 24. Studying within-person processes using intensive longitudinal methods / Harris Rubin -- Index.
    Abstract: "For more than a decade, organizational behavior scholars have highlighted the importance of studying phenomena through a temporal lens by focusing on the role of time and its various implications for research. When a phenomenon occurs, what aspects of the phenomena are being influenced, how these aspects are being influenced, and why this influence occurs are considerations of the utmost importance when trying to understand the full essence of organizational behavior. Handbook on the Temporal Dynamics of Organizational Behavior is designed to help scholars begin to address the temporal shortcomings in the extant organizational behavior literature. The handbook provides conceptual and methodological reasons to study organizational behavior from a dynamic perspective and offers new conceptual and theoretical insights on some of the most popular organizational behavior topics. By providing the methodological and analytical tools needed to translate dynamic ideas into dynamic reality, this handbook will become a guiding light for scholars, academic audiences, and evidence-based management practitioners who wish to tackle the challenges of dynamic organizational behavior research"--
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 109
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788117449
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 pages)
    Series Statement: New horizons in innovation management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Damanpour, Fariborz Organizational innovation
    Keywords: Organizational change ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Part I. Innovations and organizations -- 1. Research on organizational innovation -- 2. Concepts, theories, and contexts -- Part II. Elements of organizational innovation -- 3. Types of innovation - technical, nontechnical, hybrid -- 4. Spectrum of innovation radicalness -- 5. Process of innovation - generation, adoption -- 6. Openness of innovation process -- Part III. Sources of innovations in organizations -- 7. Primary antecedents of organizational innovation -- 8. Moderators, mediators, and measurement of innovation -- Part IV. Performance consequences of innovation -- 9. Innovation and organizational performance -- 10. Innovation pattern, complementarity, and performance -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "This comprehensive book synthesises research from the past 50 years of innovation studies, addressing the main elements and providing a connected perspective on innovation within organizations. It explores the generation and adoption of both technological and non-technological innovations, offering a coherent and systematic view of the process. Fariborz Damanpour examines innovation activity and internal mechanisms and processes in both business and non-business organizations, providing an overview of key concepts, terms and theory. Insights from behavioral, economic and structure-based perspectives are used to explain existing findings and help the reader navigate current research on the management of innovation, as well as offering ideas and frameworks to guide new studies. Organizational Innovation will be an invaluable resource for researchers and graduate-level students of management and organization studies, particularly those working on the management of innovation and technology. It will also prove useful to educators in the field as a reference work for students"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 110
    ISBN: 9781788977012
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New horizons in management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: European Union ; Brexit ; Arbeitspsychologie ; Auslandsaufenthalt ; Studium ; Arbeitsmigranten ; Großbritannien ; Industrial management ; Employees Psychology ; Great Britain Politics and government 21st century ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1 a psychology of brexit / Ashley Weinberg -- 2 brexit bother: A story of uncertainty and (possibly) resilience / Richard Plenty and Terri Morrissey -- 3 'should we exit before brexit?' experiences and future plans of Hungarian workers in post-referendum britain / Ivett Bernadett Racz -- 4 the econometrics of brexit: Science or a means of expressing confirmation bias? / Imad A. Moosa -- 5 the impact of brexit on health and wellbeing in the workplace: What we know so far / Christian van Stolk -- 6 brexit and corporate social responsibility: A controversial case / Alexander-Stamatios Antoniou and Nikos Drosos -- 7 brexit 'at work' in parliament / Richard Kwiatkowski -- 8 the impact of brexit on higher education institutions and EU students / Nikos Drosos and Alexander-Stamatios Antoniou -- 9 a psychology of survival? / Ashley Weinberg -- Index.
    Abstract: "This timely book explores the psychological repercussions of Brexit in the workplace. Illustrating the mental and emotional impact of the Brexit process, interdisciplinary chapters demonstrate its effect on the wellbeing of workers and its implications for the welfare of the workforce in the future. Bringing together international contributors from a range of disciplines, this topical book focuses on key areas of workplace functioning, including higher education institutions, corporate social responsibility and the emerging experiences of businesses, migrant workers and politicians. The major psychological, political and economic implications for employers, employees and policy-makers are considered, and the importance after Brexit of actions that preserve and build on progress already achieved in the UK workplace are highlighted. Brexit in the Workplace will appeal to scholars and students of politics, psychology and business, as well as business leaders and policy-makers wishing to gain valuable insights into the range of issues facing the workforce in the current atmosphere of political change and uncertainty around Brexit"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 111
    ISBN: 9781789901658
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Wirtschaftsstudium ; Betriebswirtschaftslehre ; Lernmethode ; Lehrmaterial ; Interaktive Medien ; Business education Technological innovations ; Business education Methodology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by john j. Sosik -- Introduction to the handbook of teaching with technology in management, leadership and business -- Part I: Foundations: Concepts, context, and design -- 1. A context for teaching with technology in management, leadership, and business / Stuart Allen, Kim Gower, and Danielle K. Allen -- 2. Using the tpack framework to develop an integrated strategy for teaching management, leadership, and business with technology / Leslie Dinauer -- 3. Technology, culture, leadership, and education: Five orthodoxies / A. J. Grant and Robert Joseph Skovira -- 4. Distance learning - considerations and innovations for business schools / Maureen Snow Andrade -- 5. Creating inclusive online learning for business students with disabilities / Miriam Edwards -- 6. Best practices in the construction of attentional social presence: Securing the attention of multicommunicating audiences in the business world / Jeanine Warisse Turner and Sonja K. Foss -- 7. Outcomes first! Online learning that puts technology in its place / Julie Benesh and Alisha DeWalt -- 8. An administrative perspective: Going online with limited resources / Michael J. Urick 9. Best Practices for New Online Management Education Instructors to Overcome Resistance to Online Teaching: New Insights / Lorianne D. Mitchell -- 10. Business education and technology - an aacsb perspective / Nancy Bagranoff and Stephanie Bryant -- Part II: Applications of technology in teaching and learning -- 11. The role of technology in online case teaching / Bill Schiano -- 12. Teaching with transformational technology: Building a postheroic ethos in leadership education / James J. Jarc and Jonathan P. Jarc -- 13. Peer coaching: A holistic experiential learning process in online leadership classes / Mai P. Trinh -- 14. A move towards mastery: Leveraging technology to create life long learners / Jordan P. Mitchell and Kim Gower -- 15. Reciprocal peer tutoring: A simple strategy for enhancing classroom learning and the academic social environment / Ronald E. Riggio and Rowan Y. Mulligan -- 16. Virtual presentations: Techniques for improved learning outcomes and assessment of student learning in management, leadership, and business / Kyle B. Stone -- 17. Promoting global leadership through collaborative online international learning / Natasha H. Chapman, Anne Spear, Grace Ngai, and Stephen Chan -- 18. Utilizing interactive technology for implementing a flipped classroom for teaching design leadership / James L. Morrison -- 19. Leveraging game design and participatory culture to foster authentic learning / Andrew Feldstein -- 20. Strategies for integration of cognitive apprenticeship into distance learning for adult learners / Kelsey Long and Soo Jeoung "Crystal" Han -- 21. Approaches to writing, transforming, and selecting cases for use in online teaching: A practitioner perspective / Richard McCracken -- Part III: Applications of specific technology tools -- 22. The robots are coming, are you ready? / Terry A. Nelson, Kevin D. Lo, and Sumeet Jhamb -- 23. Increasing student engagement in data-driven management education: Front-facing lightboard technology in the flipped classroom / Heather Staples and Amy C. Lewis -- 24. Improving classroom discussion of self-assessments through polling / Terri A. Scandura -- 25. Learning by listening: Using podcasts to enhance leadership education / Martinella M. Dryburgh -- 26. Smartphone apps for use in management education / Danielle C. Fowler and Lisa T. Stickney -- 27. Insights on the use of free and open educational resources in business and management education / Anthony A. Piña and Kenneth A. Moran -- 28. Using twitter as a technology tool to teach leadership / Courtney "Pearson" Pearson and Kathy L. Guthrie -- 29. Use of social media in Indian MBA classes: Facebook groups in a course on organizational behaviour / Srinivasan Tatachari -- 30. Fostering soft-skills development through learning experience platforms (lxps) / Andrés Dávila Valdiviezo and Maria Crawford -- 31. Teaching with games and gamification: Best practices and future research needs / Kristina N. Bauer, Caribay Garcia-Marquez, and Daniel A. Gandara / 32. Teaching Global Citizen-Leadership by Design: Expanding Learning Opportunities Through Web-based Digital Curation Tools / Ginny Jones Boss -- Part IV: Evaluating and researching the role of technology in teaching and learning -- 33. Why the jury is still out on business simulation games / Meg L. Joseph -- 34. Exploring the drivers and barriers for e-learning system impact in the higher education sector / Norman Lee Dong Chiong and Na Fu -- 35. From the chalkboard to the motherboard: A quasi-experimental comparison of online and on-ground organizational behavior classes / Lorianne D. Mitchell, Jennifer D. Parlamis, G. Elaine Boone, and C. Allen Gorman -- 36. The impact of practice on feedback-providing skills in an online peer review activity / Roman Rietsche, Matthias Söllner, and Jan Marco Leimeister -- 37. Choices, choices, choices: Online and face-to-face options for management students / Katrina Radford, Heather Stewart, and Harsha Sarvaiya -- 38. Adopting assessment for learning (afl) in higher education: Implications for technology deployment / Mairead Brady, Martin R. Fellenz, and Ann Devitt -- Index.
    Abstract: "Ever-evolving technological innovation creates both opportunities and challenges for educators aiming to achieve meaningful and effective learning in the classroom and equip students with a well-honed set of technology skills as they enter the professional world. The Handbook of Teaching with Technology in Management, Leadership and Business is written by experienced instructors using technology in novel and impactful ways in their undergraduate and graduate courses, as well as researchers reporting and reflecting on studies and literature that can guide them on the how and why of teaching with technology. Combining insights from research and practice, this comprehensive Handbook provides a state-of-the-art reflection on the role and effectiveness of technology in management, leadership, and business education. It offers a variety of resources and guidelines for the application of technology across different educational contexts and courses, and explores how specific digital tools, software, and applications have been used in the classroom to promote student engagement, assessment, collaboration, learning, and leadership. The broad range of chapters will support educators, administrators, instructional designers, researchers, chief information officers, and teaching technology developers seeking to expand their knowledge on the use of teaching and learning technologies in higher-education level management, leadership, and business programs"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 112
    ISBN: 9781839106736
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The magic of organization
    RVK:
    Keywords: Creative ability in business ; Technological innovations ; Industrial management ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: List of contributors -- 1 Introduction / Hugo Letiche, Stephen A. Linstead and Jean-Luc Moriceau -- Part I: Magic and imagination -- 2 introductory Chapter to Part I: - magic and imagination: Taking strategy into the unknown / Per Olof Berg -- 3 the return of the magi: Image magic and the institutionalisation of kitsch therapeutic fantasy / James Fairhead -- 4 the persistence of magic: Management and the new alchemy / Iain Munro -- 5 the intra-act of accounting / Ivo De Loo, Alan Lowe and Philip Smith -- 6 risk management and the magical arts: Rituals of risk calculation in the banking industry / Peter Case and Peter Pelzer -- 7 markets and machines: The magic of predicting, obscuring and securing value / Geoff Lightfoot and Simon Lilley -- Part II: Magic and its transgressions -- 8 introductory Chapter to Part II: - magic being re-understood / Hugo Letiche -- 9 grammarye, grammatization, grammatology: Interviewing technique as a magic trick / Jean-Luc Moriceau -- 10 artaud's dissolute magic: Some thoughts on ambivalent desires 207 heather höpfl -- 11 magification as bunny(-fication) 224 hugo letiche -- 12 magic or the presence of absence 239 michael lazarin -- 13 schwung magic: Aesthetic subversion of organization in the philosophy of deleuze and guattari 263 pierre guillet de monthoux -- Afterword / Hugo Letiche, Stephen A. Linstead and Jean-Luc Moriceau.
    Abstract: "Exploring magic as a creative necessity in contemporary business, this book clarifies the differences between magic as an organizational resource and magic as fakery, pretence and manipulation. Using this lens, it highlights insights into the relationship between anthropology and business, and organizational studies. The Magic of Organization looks at our economy and its dependence on magic, as success depends on innovation and creativity to produce the unexpected and amazing; but perhaps also the bogus and deceitful. Exposing the unpredictability of magic, the book reveals clear links between magic and uncontrollable and non-linear ways of organizing. Chapters discuss the double-edged sword of magic: while organizations, economies and finance depend on magical thought and actions for inspiration and surprise, they also fear them; what if the magic is real? With its clarity on how the turn-to-ontology in anthropology is significant for organizational studies, this book will be an illuminating read for students of creativity and innovation"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 113
    ISBN: 9781789901788
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (416 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on railway regulation
    DDC: 385.068
    RVK:
    Keywords: Schienenverkehr ; Regulierung ; Bahnpolitik ; Welt ; Railroads and state ; Railroads ; Railroads ; Railroads ; Safety measures ; Railroads ; Safety regulations ; Handbooks and manuals ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Eisenbahnverkehr ; Regulierung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Railway regulation: A comparative analysis of a diverging reality / Juan Montero and Matthias Finger -- 2. Railway regulation in Germany / Thomas Fetzer -- 3. The ongoing process of liberalization of the railway sector in France / Stéphane de la Rosa -- 4. Developments in rail regulation in britain / Chris Nash and Andrew Smith -- 5. Railway regulation in Italy / Nadia Bert and Germano Guglielmi -- 6. Spain: Between the failure of freight and the success of high speed / Alberto Garcia Alvarez -- 7. Railways in Switzerland / Matthias Finger -- 8. Regulatory challenges of open-access passenger competition in the Czech Republic / Zdeněk Tomeš, Martin Kvizda, Monika Jandová and Václav Rederer -- 9. China's railway development: A cyclical process of de-regulation and re-regulation / Linda Tjia Yin-nor -- 10. Railways in south korea / Leif Karlén -- 11. Indian railways: Challenges and opportunities / Rachna Gangwar -- 12. Railways in Japan / Fumio Kurosaki -- 13. Rail sector reforms and regulation in Russia / Yu.Z. Saakyan -- 14. The deregulation of Turkish railways / Şahin Ardıyok and Evren Sesli -- 15. Railways and railways regulation in the United States: Surely you don't want jones back? / Russell Pittman -- 16. Towards a new architecture for technical regulation of Europe's railways / Christian Chavanel -- 17. Regulating rail mass transit: A century-long legacy and still looking for fine tuning / Pierre Messulam -- 18. Competitive tendering for regional trains: What can be learnt from economic literature? / Patricia Perennes -- 19. Competition law challenges in domestic rail passenger services / Mariarosaria Ganino -- 20. Financing railways / Georg Götz and Jan Thomas Schäfer -- 21. The consumer perspective on railways / Mark van Hagen -- 22. Competition in the market of rail passenger services: The experience of small and medium-sized new entrants in long-distance services in Europe / Rodolfo Ramos -- 23. High-speed rail: From first principles to final expectations / Michel Leboeuf -- 24. The digitalization dilemma in the railway industry / Juan Montero -- Index.
    Abstract: "Taking a global approach, this insightful Handbook brings together leading researchers to provide a comprehensive overview of the state-of-the-art in railway regulation with a particular focus on countries that rely heavily on railways for transportation links, such as Japan, India and France. Despite numerous liberalisation attempts in recent years, the railway sector is still excessively complex, with regulations varying throughout the world. The Handbook on Railway Regulation gathers, for the first time, these various approaches and practices, using a historical and systematic approach to identify the main lessons for all countries. The Handbook also considers the most pressing issues for those working in and with railway systems, and outlines future trends in the development of global rail. Specific topics covered include the digitalization dilemma in the industry, rail sector reforms and regulation, and competition in the market for rail freight and passenger services. This Handbook provides an invaluable contribution to the discussion of railway regulation worldwide, and will be a crucial compendium for students and scholars of transportation, regulation and competition looking to explore different approaches to the topic. This will also be an invaluable read for railway policymakers and regulators looking to deepen their understanding of contemporary regulations around the world"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 114
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781800372016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Genossenschaftsmanagement ; Genossenschaft ; Kapitalismus ; Sozialismus ; Management Employee participation ; Democracy ; Socialism ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface Introduction: The cooperative firm as an alternative to the capital-owned business enterprise -- 1. Democratic firms and socialism -- 2. An up-to-date model of marxism: A socialist system without any communist colouring -- 3. The revolutionary impetus of marxism versus liberalism -- 4. Do trade unions champion worker interests? -- 5. In what direction goes history? -- 6. The evolution of socialism: From utopia to scientific producer of cooperative economics -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "This book revolves around the idea that capitalism is not a democratic system and that a system of producer cooperatives, or democratically managed enterprises, gives rise to a new mode of production which is authentically socialist in essence and fully consistent with the ultimate rationale underlying Marx's theoretical approach. The author argues that the cooperative firm system outlined in this book offers a rich array of non-economic benefits that justify its classification as a 'genuinely socialist' entity, with real potential for achieving true economic democracy. This book will be required reading for all economists who are not content with the current capitalist economic system, and yet will still provide intriguing and thought-provoking insights for those who are"--
    Note: Includes index , Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 115
    ISBN: 9781839109508
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 pages)
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als 30 years of transition in Europe
    DDC: 330.94
    Keywords: Entwicklung ; Systemtransformation ; Politischer Wandel ; Wirtschaftsreform ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Geschichte ; Mitteleuropa ; Osteuropa ; Südosteuropa ; Economic development ; Economic history ; Economic policy ; Europe History 20th century ; Europe Economic conditions 20th century ; Europe ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Europäische Union ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- PART I A historic transformation: heterogeneity in CESEE in a changing global context -- 1 Looking back on 30 years of transition - and looking 30 years ahead / Robert Holzmann -- 2 1989: the year of the great ambivalence / Anton Pelinka -- 3 The price of unity: the transformation of Germany and Eastern Europe after 1989 / Philipp Ther -- PART II A central banker's view on monetary policy during transition -- 4 Monetary policy challenges during transition: the case of Serbia / Jorgovanka Tabaković and Ana Ivković -- 5 Monetary milestones of the past 30 years: the Czech National Bank's view / Jiří Rusnok -- 6 Croatia - from hyperinflation to the road to the euro area / Boris Vujčić and Katja Gattin Turkalj -- PART III Modes of transition: the impact of different economic policy approaches -- 7 Ten lessons from thirty years of post-communist economic transformation / Anders Åslund -- 8 The impact of different transition patterns and approaches on economic development in EU-CEE11, Russia and Ukraine / Marina Gruševaja -- 9 Central, Eastern and Southeastern Europe's reunion with Europe / Andrzej Sławiński -- PART IV Lessons from three decades of catching-up in Asia -- 10 Catching-up in Central and Eastern Europe and East Asia - commonalities and differences / Michael A. Landesmann -- 11 Chinese multinationals in East Central Europe: structural, institutional or political considerations? / Ágnes Szunomár -- PART V Challenges for CESEE's near future: monetary and financial stability -- 12 Did macroprudential policies play a role in stabilizing the credit and capital flow cycle in CESEE? / Markus Eller, Helene Schuberth and Lukas Vashold -- 13 30 years of monetary and exchange rate regimes in Central and Eastern Europe: what has changed, and what is next? / Johannes Wiegand -- PART VI The future of CESEE: the impact of megatrends -- 14 At the start of a new leadership of the European Commission and the European Central Bank: where is the place of Central and Eastern Europe? / Martin Selmayr -- 15 Will the EU overcome the East-West divide? / Ada Ámon -- 16 Demographic change in Central, Eastern and Southeastern Europe: trends, determinants and challenges / Tomáš Sobotka and Alexia Fürnkranz-Prskawetz -- 17 The demographic challenge of Eastern Europe and potential policy options / Mario Holzner -- Index.
    Abstract: "This thought-provoking book investigates the political and economic transformation that has taken place over the past three decades in Central, Eastern and Southeastern Europe (CESEE) since the fall of the Iron Curtain. Through an examination of both the successes and shortcomings of post communist reform and the challenges ahead for the region, it explores the topical issues of economic transition and integration, highlighting important lessons to be learned. Featuring contributions from both top academics and experienced policymakers, 30 Years of Transition in Europe first discusses the process of transition in CESEE from a historical perspective, analysing the impacts of differing approaches on economic and monetary policy, the role of central banks and the speed of reform in various countries of the region. Chapters also compare CESEE transformations to emerging economies in Asia, and examine contemporary concerns around financial and monetary stability, as well as exploring the long-term determinants of economic growth such as digitalization, climate change and demographic trends. Economists, central bankers, and policymakers in the banking sector and other international financial organizations will find this book an enlightening read. It will also be useful for academics in economics and politics with a particular interest in emerging European economies and European integration"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 116
    ISBN: 9781789901504
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 pages)
    Series Statement: New horizons in organization studies series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Career development ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction to career dynamics in a global world -- 1. An incongruence-driven approach to careers: insights from Ayurveda -- 2. Self-awareness in career development: meaning, importance and malleability -- 3. A field research of nascent social entrepreneur's intention formation -- 4. Individual factors in predicting and encouraging social entrepreneurship as a career choice -- 5. Satisficing career choices of Indian women managers -- 6. Stepping off the career ladder: exploring the impact of career shocks on women's career decisions in the UK -- 7. Economic structural changes and subjective career success in India -- 8. How an MBA contributes to the unfolding of careers: a comparative analysis -- 9. Women's careers: starting a new chapter post-career-break -- 10. Can we release the brake on the career re-entry of mothers? A UK perspective -- 11. Changing nature of academic careers in management education in India -- 12. The changing nature of academic careers in management education in western societies -- 13. Flying high in the turbulent skies: managing careers in the Indian it industry -- 14. Risk allocation, employer dependence and the welfare state: an investigation of it workers in the US and Canada -- 15. Integrating care work for sustainable careers of women: an Indian perspective -- 16. Leaning in: why some women are challenging the opt-out model? -- Index.
    Abstract: "Career Dynamics in a Global World takes on a major question in the global research and practice of career development and adopts a distinctive approach in response. The authors address the question of how and to what extent a predominant influence of Western thinking about careers interferes with our understanding of careers in other parts of the world. The approach involves identifying career topics for further exploration, recruiting teams of Indian and Westerns scholars on each topic to share their insights, and laying out those insights to help both careers researchers and practitioners see their significance. As a result, in this remarkable collaboration the reader is invited to compare views on self- awareness and careers from traditional Indian Ayurvedic and alternative Western perspectives, alongside contrasting Indian and Western reports on women stepping off their career ladders, the motivation of social entrepreneurs, the careers of IT workers, MBA holders and management scholars and other topics. Career and cross-cultural researchers and career and HR practitioners will be fascinated by the comparative analysis of career dynamics"--
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 117
    ISBN: 9781788979283
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Gründungsausbildung ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. How do you become entrepreneurial in one week? / Lise Aaboen, Hans Landström and Roger Sørheim -- Part I. Skills, competencies and awareness among students -- 2. Wofie: Workshop for innovation and entrepreneurship / Christian Tollestrup and Claus Andreas Foss Rosenstand -- 3. Innovation camp for nursing students: Igniting an entrepreneurial spirit in three days / Gunn-Berit Neergård and Antonella La Rocca -- 4. Semis (seedlings): Sowing the entrepreneurial competences of first-year master's students / Servane Delanoë-Gueguen and Eric Michael Laviolette -- 5. Entrepreneurship and society: Providing learners with a social lens on entrepreneurship / Emilee Simmons -- Part II. Start-ups and entrepreneurs from the university -- 6. Sommarmatchen: A student jump-start into the entrepreneurial life / Arne Jacobsson -- 7. Entrepreneurship for research professionals: Triggering transformative learning? / Ulla Hytti, Jarna Heinonen and Pekka Stenholm -- 8. Venturelab weekend: Developing entrepreneurial skills from idea to action / Sílvia Costa, Olga Belousova, Aniek Ouendag and Aard Groen -- 9. Training entrepreneurial competences involving key stakeholders / Patricia P. Iglesias-Sánchez, Carmina Jambrino Maldonado and Carlos de las Heras-Pedrosa -- Part III. Entrepreneurial citizens -- 10. Pursuing entrepreneurship: A blended approach to teaching entrepreneurship in two weeks / Vegar Lein Ausrød and Jeppe Guldager -- 11. 5UCV-E2: Fitting your business proposal in seven sessions / María Ripollés, Andreu Blesa and Laura Martínez -- 12. ComoNExT iStart Academy: Exploring the development of managerial skills / Chiara Cantù -- Index.
    Abstract: "Can you learn to be an entrepreneur in a week? The book focuses on short entrepreneurship education initiatives and includes eleven courses from European research-based universities. The book provides insights on best practice and lessons learned from experience for potential and current organizers of such initiatives. Entrepreneurship initiatives are a common response to top-down decisions to include entrepreneurship in all disciplines and study programs. There is often also a regional or societal goal for these activities. Different types of programme are analysed, from those aiming to instil an entrepreneurial mindset, those preparing the individual for an entrepreneurial career to those based on collaborations between universities. The authors make comparisons of the audiences, goals, organization and pedagogical approaches in each case to answer whether entrepreneurship can be taught in one week. By reading this book university managers, course designers and those delivering entrepreneurship initiatives will be able to make a more informed decision regarding if and how they should be organized"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 118
    ISBN: 9781788971966
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (800 pages)
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of responsible management
    DDC: 174.4
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Unternehmensethik ; Business ethics ; Business ethics ; Unternehmensethik ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents -- Part I: Setting the stage -- 1. Mapping the emerging field of responsible management: domains, spheres, themes, and future research / Oliver Laasch, Roy Suddaby, R. Edward Freeman and Dima Jamali -- 2. Can management ever be responsible? Alternative organizing and the three irresponsibilities of management / Kiri Langmead, Chris Land and Daniel King -- 3. What 'are' responsible management? A conceptual potluck / Archie B. Carroll, Nancy J. Adler, Henry Mintzberg, François Cooren, Roy Suddaby, R. Edward Freeman and Oliver Laasch -- Part II: Iconic views -- 4. Mintzberg on (ir)responsible management / Henry Mintzberg and Oliver Laasch -- 5 from managerial responsibility to csr and back to responsible management / Archie B. Carroll and Oliver Laasch -- 6. Responsible management as re-enchantment and retrovation / Roy Suddaby and Oliver Laasch -- 7. Responsible leadership and management: key distinctions and shared concerns / Nancy J. Adler and Oliver Laasch -- 8. From 'management sucks' to 'responsible management rocks!' / R. Edward Freeman and Oliver Laasch -- Part III: Management frameworks -- 9. Sustainability management from a responsible management perspective / Markus Beckmann, Stefan Schaltegger and Nancy E. Landrum -- 10. Responsible leadership and/versus responsible management / Tânia M. G. Marques and Jorge F. S. Gomes -- 11. Ethics management and ethical management: mapping criteria and interventions to support responsible management practice / Mihaela Constantinescu and Muel Kaptein -- 12. Responsible governance: broadening the corporate governance discourse to include positive duties and collective action / Rob van Tulder and Eveline van Mil -- 13. Humanistic management as integrally responsible management? / Michael Pirson -- 14. Bioinspiration as a guide for responsible management / Taryn L. Mead and Nancy E. Landrum -- Part IV: Glocal and spiritual perspectives -- 15. The United Nations global compact and the sustainable development goals / Andreas Rasche -- 16. the multinational perspective on responsible management: managing risk-responsibility trade-offs across borders / Rob van Tulder -- 17. Responsible management: an indigenous perspective / Jason Paul Mika, Rick Colbourne and Shamika Almeida -- 18. Islamic perspective of responsible management / Yusuf Sidani -- 19. Catholic social teaching and responsible management / Domènec Melé -- 20. Responsible management with Chinese characteristics / Pingping Fu, Qing Qu, Bo Yang and Huihua Jiang -- 21. The Japanese perspective on responsible management / Naoki Kuriyama -- 22. Responsible managers for the common good: African (Igbo and Yoruba) perspectives on responsible management / Kemi Ogunyemi and Ogechi Obiorah -- 23. "Honorable merchant" and "handshake quality": interpretations of individually responsible leadership / Stéphanie Looser and Joachim Schwalbach -- 24. American pragmatism and responsible management: the role of John Dewey / Svetlana N. Dmitrieva, R. Edward Freeman and Sergiy D. Dmytriyev -- Part V: Conceptualizing process and practices -- 25. Corporate social responsibility at the individual level of analysis: research findings that inform responsible management "in the wild" / Chelsea R. Willness, David A. Jones, Nicole Strah and Deborah E. Rupp -- 26. Enacting responsible management: a practice-based perspective / Oriana Milani Price, Silvia Gherardi and Marie Manidis -- 27. Beauty of responsible management: the lens and methodology of organizational aesthetics / Antonio Strati -- 28. The emerging logic of responsible management: institutional pluralism, leadership, and strategizing / Nevena Radoynovska, William Ocasio and Oliver Laasch -- 29. Responsible management of sustainability tensions: a paradoxical approach to grand challenges / Connie Van der Byl, Natalie Slawinski and Tobias Hahn -- 30. Consensus vs. dissensus: the communicative constitution of responsible management / Dennis Schoeneborn, Hannah Trittin-Ulbrich and François Cooren -- 31. Managing the past responsibly: a collective memory perspective on responsibility, sustainability and ethics / Sébastien Mena and Jukka Rintamäki -- Part VI: Learning and development -- 32. Responsible managers' workplace learning / Olga Andrianova and Elena Antonacopoulou -- 33. Responsible management unlearning / Tali Padan and Nhien Nguyen -- 34. Differentiating csr managers' roles and competencies: taking conflicts as a starting point / Renate Wesselink and Eghe R. Osagie -- 35. Giving voice to values: responsible management as facilitation of ethical voice / Carsten Tams and Mary C. Gentile -- 36. A strength-based approach to responsible management: professional moral courage and moral competency / Leslie E. Sekerka -- 37. The dynamics of responsible careers and their impact on societal issues: a conceptual framework / Svenja Tams -- Part VII: Innovation and change -- 38. Responsible job crafting / Lorenzo Bizzi -- 39. Whistleblowing as a crucial practice for responsible management / Luca Carollo, Simone Pulcher and Marco Guerci -- 40. Responsible management of innovation in business / Thomas B. Long, Edurne Iñigo and Vincent Blok -- 41. Social innovation: specifying pathways for impact / Christian Seelos and Johanna Mair -- 42. Innovating business models for sustainability: an essential practice for responsible managers / Steve Kennedy and Nancy Bocken -- 43. Institutional work and (ir)responsible management / Lauren McCarthy and Sébastien Mena -- 44. Memes, transformational change, and responsible leadership / Sandra Waddock -- Part VIIi engaged research -- 45. Critically responsible management: agonistic answers to antagonistic questions 686 marton racz and simon parker -- 46. Realizing the critical performative potential of responsible organizational research through participant action research / Kiri Langmead and Daniel King -- 47. Inquiring into change and innovation for greater responsibility through an appreciative inquiry lens / 'Alim J. Beveridge, Lindsey Godwin and Ignacio Pavez -- 48. Creating standards for responsible translation of management research for practitioners / Isabelle Yi Ren and Jean M. Bartunek -- 49. Using the past responsibly: what responsible managers and management academics can learn from historians' professional ethics / Christian Stutz and Judith Schrempf-Stirling -- Index.
    Abstract: "Outlining both historical foundations and the latest research trends, this Research Handbook offers a unique and cutting-edge overview of the numerous avenues to responsible management. Opening with a conceptual mapping of the field, thought leaders such as Henry Mintzberg and Archie Carroll present foundational and controversial views. Frameworks such as sustainability management, responsible leadership, humanistic and biomimetic management are introduced. Glocal approaches include responsible management with Chinese characteristics, West African Yoruba, and American Pragmatism. Exploring frameworks for the responsible management process, such as theories of practice, and for responsible management learning and innovation, readers are introduced to key methods responsible management research, such as participatory action research. Groundbreaking in scope and depth, this Handbook caters to the responsible management research community, particularly to the Academy of Management and to United Nations PRME signatory business schools. Policymakers and practitioners will benefit from its insight into the latest advances in responsible management research"--
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 119
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789909876
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Industrial organization ; Industrial management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction in search of a third lens -- 1. Why organize? -- 2. Space, our friend -- 3. Imagination -- 4. The meeting of two organizational worlds -- 5. Reverse journey -- 6. And then there was silence -- 7. In search of freedom in the corporation -- 8. In transition -- Coda: being there -- Appendix: a note on narrative collage for ethnographers -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "Organising is made possible by sense-making. This book represents a narrative quest for a symbolic grounding to help leaders in times when stable social structures and institutions dissolve and disappear. Monika Kostera approaches this sense-making process through innovative and exciting research methods, collecting stories from participants and exploring plots and outcomes of an imagined meeting between two symbolic worlds: one of the internal and imaginative and the other of the external and corporate. Investigating the spatiality and temporality of these stories, the author offers critical implications for educational practice, arguing that teachers should engage and develop students' imagination and creativity to question the hidden rules of social settings and interactions in organisational and business situations. Innovative and visionary in scope, this book will be critical for researchers of organisation theory at all levels, particularly those looking for new research methods and applications. Students of business and organisational studies will also benefit from its unique insights into business-related settings, as well as leaders and practitioners searching for innovative directions in business environments"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 120
    ISBN: 9781839104183
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Wissenschaftliches Arbeiten ; Narrative Methode ; Befragung ; Dissertations, Academic ; Interviewing Methodology ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: Brief history, topics addressed, how to use this book, and glossary of terms -- 2. Dialogical and dialectical conversational interviews: Using self-correcting aid phases and 4 tests with the ciw case example -- 3. Choosing your research question: And using the storytelling paradigm theories including narrative retrospective, antenarrative prospective, counternarrative, living story, ensemble storytelling, and grounded theory -- 4. Storytelling paradigm method, including types of induction, narrative retrospective, antenarrative prospective, integrative qualitative-quantitative methods, narrative inquiry, and multiplicities -- 5. Storytelling paradigm praxes -- 6. Why karl popper is rolling over in his grave -- 7. Writing dialectical/dialogical and big/little storytelling science conclusions -- 8. Managing the oral examination and post-submission process -- Index.
    Abstract: "Introducing the idea of conversational storytelling interviewing (CSI) as an 'indirect' method of interviewing, David Boje and Grace Ann Rosile explore this innovative methodological framework as a way for respondents to tell their own story, without resorting to structured or semi-structured interviews. Bringing together theory, method and praxis of storytelling in an iterative process of self-correcting induction, How to Use Conversational Storytelling Interviews for Your Dissertation offers researchers ways to move beyond the bystander role, urging them to be co-creators of their findings. Complete with exercises to train practitioners in new methods of inquiry and in-depth discussions of an array of philosophical issues, this illuminating book illustrates how rigorous self-correcting methods move inquiry from conversation to storytelling science. Pioneering in both method and framework, this book is a crucial guide for using CSI in qualitative research for PhD students and researchers in management and organizational studies. Scholars of feminist and indigenous studies and other critical studies fields will benefit from alternative interviewing methods as these disciplines undergo an ontological turn"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 121
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788970655
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,968 Seiten)
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als New directions in the economics of higher education
    DDC: 338.43378
    Keywords: Bildungsökonomik ; Studium ; Education, Higher Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Claudia Goldin and Lawrence F. Katz (2008), 'The Race between Education and Technology', in The Race between Education and Technology, Chapter 8, Appendix D.1, [notes and references], London, UK and Massachusetts, USA: Harvard University Press, 287-323 -- 2. David H. Autor, Frank Levy and Richard J. Murnane (2003), 'The Skill Content of Recent Technological Change: An Empirical Exploration', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 118 (4), November, 1279-333 [55] -- 3. David Card (2001), 'Estimating the Return to Schooling: Progress on Some Persistent Econometric Problems', Econometrica, 69 (5), September, 1127-60 [34] -- 4. Pedro Carneiro, James J. Heckman and Edward J. Vytlacil (2011), 'Estimating Marginal Returns to Education', American Economic Review, 101 (6), October, 2754-81 [28] -- 5. Philip Oreopoulos and Uros Petronijevic (2013), 'Making College Worth It: A Review of the Returns to Higher Education', The Future of Children, 23 (1), Spring, 41-65 [25] -- 6. Janet Currie and Enrico Moretti (2003), 'Mother's Education and the Intergenerational Transmission of Human Capital: Evidence from College Openings', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 118 (4), November, 1495-532 [38] -- 7. Carolina Arteaga (2018), 'The Effect of Human Capital on Earnings: Evidence from a Reform at Colombia's Top University', Journal of Public Economics, 157, 212-25 [14] -- 8. Brian Jacob, Brian McCall and Kevin Stange (2018), 'College as Country Club: Do Colleges Cater to Students' Preferences for Consumption?', Journal of Labor Economics, 36 (2), December, 309-48 [40] -- 9. Thomas J. Kane and Cecelia Elena Rouse (1995), 'Labor-Market Returns to Two and Four Year College', American Economic Review, 85 (3), June, 600-14 [15] -- 10. Mark Hoekstra (2009), 'The Effect of Attending the Flagship State University on Earnings: A Discontinuity-Based Approach', Review of Economics and Statistics, 91 (4), 717-24 [8] -- 11. Seth D. Zimmerman (2014), 'The Returns to College Admission for Academically Marginal Students', Journal of Labor Economics, 32 (4), 711-54 [44] -- 12. David J. Deming, Noam Yuchtman, Amira Abulafi, Claudia Goldin and Lawrence F. Katz (2016), 'The Value of Postsecondary Credentials in the Labor Market: An Experimental Study', American Economic Review, 106 (3), March, 778-806 [29] -- 13. Joseph G. Altonji, Erica Blom and Costas Meghir (2012), 'Heterogeneity in Human Capital Investments: High School Curriculum, College Major, and Careers', Annual Review of Economics, 4, 185-223 [39] -- 14. Lars J. Kirkeboen, Edwin Leuven and Magne Mogstad (2016), 'Field of Study, Earnings, and Self-selection', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 131 (3), 1057-112 [56] -- 15. Matthew Wiswall and Basit Zafar (2015), 'Determinants of College Major Choice: Identification using an Information Experiment', Review of Economic Studies, 82 (2), April, 791-824 [34] -- 16. Enrico Moretti (2004), 'Workers' Education, Spillovers, and Productivity: Evidence from Plant-Level Production Functions', American Economic Review, 94 (3), June, 656-90 [35] -- 17. Adam B. Jaffe (1989), 'Real Effects of Academic Research', American Economic Review, 79 (5), December, 957-70 [14] -- 18. Otto Toivanen and Lotta Väänänen (2016), 'Education and Invention', Review of Economics and Statistics, 98 (2), 382-96 [15] -- 19. John Bound, Michael F. Lovenheim and Sarah Turner (2010), 'Why Have College Completion Rates Declined? An Analysis of Changing Student Preparation and Collegiate Resources', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 2 (3), July, 129-57 [29]
    Abstract: 20. Kevin M. Stange (2012), 'An Empirical Investigation of the Option Value of College Enrollment', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 4 (1), January, 49-84 [36] -- 21. Paco Martorell and Isaac McFarlin Jr. (2011), 'Help or Hindrance? The Effects of College Remediation on Academic and Labor Market Outcomes', Review of Economics and Statistics, 93 (2), May, 436-54 [19] -- 22. Peter Arcidiacono (2005), 'Affirmative Action in Higher Education: How Do Admission and Financial Aid Rules Affect Future Earnings?', Econometrica, 73 (5), September, 1477-524 [48] -- 23. Peter Arcidiacono, Esteban M. Aucejo and V. Joseph Hotz (2016), 'University Differences in the Graduation of Minorities in STEM Fields: Evidence from California', American Economic Review, 106 (3), March, 525-62 [38] -- 24. Surendrakumar Bagde, Dennis Epple and Lowell Taylor (2016), 'Does Affirmative Action Work? Caste, Gender, College Quality, and Academic Success in India', American Economic Review, 106 (6), June, 1495-521 [27] -- 25. Susan M. Dynarski and Judith E. Scott-Clayton (2006), 'The Cost of Complexity in Federal Student Aid: Lessons from Optimal Tax Theory and Behavioral Economics', National Tax Journal, 59 (2), June, 319-56 [38] -- 26. Eric P. Bettinger, Bridget Terry Long, Philip Oreopoulos and Lisa Sanbonmatsu (2012), 'The Role of Application Assistance and Information in College Decisions: Results from the H&R Block Fafsa Experiment', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 127 (3), 1205-242 [38] -- 27. Caroline M. Hoxby and Sarah Turner (2015), 'What High-Achieving Low-Income Students Know About College', American Economic Review, 105 (5), May, 514-17 [4] -- 28. Benjamin L. Castleman and Lindsay C. Page (2016), 'Freshman Year Financial Aid Nudges: An Experiment to Increase FAFSA Renewal and College Persistence', Journal of Human Resources, 51 (2), Spring, 389-415 [27] -- 29. Sarena Goodman (2016), 'Learning from the Test: Raising Selective College Enrollment by Providing Information', Review of Economics and Statistics, 98 (4), October, 671-84 [14] -- 30. Joshua D. Angrist, Daniel Lang and Philip Oreopoulos (2009), 'Incentives and Services for College Achievement: Evidence from a Randomized Trial', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 1 (1), January, 136-63 [28] -- 31. Judith Scott-Clayton (2011), 'On Money and Motivation: A Quasi-Experimental Analysis of Financial Incentives for College Achievement', Journal of Human Resources, 46 (3), 614-46 [33] -- 32. Edwin Leuven, Hessel Oosterbeek and Bas van der Klaauw (2010), 'The Effect of Financial Rewards on Students' Achievement: Evidence from a Randomized Experiment', Journal of the European Economic Association, 8 (6), 1243-65 [23] -- 1. Thomas J. Kane, Peter R. Orszag, Emil Apostolov and Robert P. Inman (2005), 'Higher Education Appropriations and Public Universities: Role of Medicaid and the Business Cycle', Brookings-Wharton Papers on Urban Affairs, 99-146 [48] -- 2. Stephanie Riegg Cellini and Claudio Goldin (2014), 'Does Federal Student Aid Raise Tuition? New Evidence on For-Profit Colleges', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 6 (4), November, 174-206 [33] -- 3. Pietro Garibaldi, Francesco Giavazzi, Andrea Ichino and Enrico Rettore (2012), 'College Cost and Time to Complete a Degree: Evidence from Tuition Discontinuities', Review of Economics and Statistics, 94 (3), August, 699-711 [13] -- 4. Jeffrey T. Denning (2017), 'College on the Cheap: Consequences of Community College Tuition Reductions', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 9 (2), May, 155-88 [34] -- 5. Susan M. Dynarski (2003), 'Does Aid Matter? Measuring the Effect of Student Aid on College Attendance and Completion', American Economic Review, 93 (1), March, 279-88 [10] -- 6. Wilbert Van Der Klaauw (2002), 'Estimating the Effect of Financial Aid Offers on College Enrollment: A Regression-Discontinuity Approach', International Economic Review, 43 (4), November, 1249-87 [39]
    Abstract: 7. Sarah R. Cohodes and Joshua S. Goodman (2014), 'Merit Aid, College Quality, and College Completion: Massachusetts' Adams Scholarship as an In-Kind Subsidy', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 6 (4), October, 251-85 [35] -- 8. Gabrielle Fack and Julien Grenet (2015), 'Improving College Access and Success for Low-Income Students: Evidence from a Large Need-Based Grant Program', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 7 (2), April, 1-34 [34] -- 9. Benjamin M. Marx and Lesley J. Turner (2018), 'Borrowing Trouble? Human Capital Investment with Opt-in Costs and Implications for the Effectiveness of Grant Aid', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 10 (2), April, 163-201 [39] -- 10. Pedro Carneiro and James Heckman (2002), 'The Evidence on Credit Constraints in Post-Secondary Schooling', Economic Journal, 112 (482), October, 705-34 [30] -- 11. Lance J. Lochner and Alexander Monge-Naranjo (2011), 'The Nature of Credit Constraints and Human Capital', American Economic Review, 101 (6), October, 2487-529 [43] -- 12. Ralph Stinebrickner and Todd Stinebrickner (2008), 'The Effect of Credit Constraints on the College Drop-out Decision: A Direct Approach Using a New Panel Study', American Economic Review, 98 (5), December, 2163-84 [22] -- 13. Harald Beyer, Justine Hastings, Christopher Neilson and Seth Zimmerman (2015), 'Connecting Student Loans to Labor Market Outcomes: Policy Lessons from Chile', American Economic Review, 105 (5), May, 508-13 [6] -- 14. Alex Solis (2017), 'Credit Access and College Enrollment', Journal of Political Economy, 125 (2), April, 562-622 [61] -- 15. Michael F. Lovenheim and C. Lockwood Reynolds (2013), 'The Effect of Housing Wealth on College Choice: Evidence from the Housing Boom', Journal of Human Resources, 48 (1), 1-35 [35] -- 16. Scott E. Carrell and James E. West (2010), 'Does Professor Quality Matter? Evidence from Random Assignment of Students to Professors', Journal of Political Economy, 118 (3), June, 409-32 [24] -- 17. Robert W. Fairlie, Florian Hoffmann and Philip Oreopoulos (2014), 'A Community College Instructor like Me: Race and Ethnicity Interactions in the Classroom', American Economic Review, 104 (8), August, 2567-91 [25] -- 18. David N. Figlio, Morton O. Schapiro and Kevin B. Soter (2015), 'Are Tenure Track Professors Better Teachers?', Review of Economics and Statistics, 97 (4), October, 715-24 [10] -- 19. Eric P. Bettinger, Lindsay Fox, Susanna Loeb and Eric S. Taylor (2017), 'Virtual Classrooms: How Online College Courses Affect Student Success', American Economic Review, 107 (9), September, 2855-75 [21] -- 20. Robert W. Fairlie and Rebecca A. London (2012), 'The Effects of Home Computers on Educational Outcomes: Evidence from a Field Experiment with Community College Students', Economic Journal, 122 (561), June, 727-53 [27] -- 21. Bruce Sacerdote (2001), 'Peer Effects with Random Assignment: Results for Dartmouth Roommates', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 116 (2), May, 681-704 [24] -- 22. Scott E. Carell, Bruce I. Sacerdote and James E. West (2013), 'From Natural Variation to Optimal Policy? The Importance of Endogenous Peer Group Formation', Econometrica, 81 (3), May, 855-82 [28] -- 23. Adam S. Booij, Edwin Leuven and Hessel Oosterbeek (2017), 'Ability Peer Effects in University: Evidence from a Randomized Experiment', Review of Economic Studies, 84 (2), 547-78 [32] -- 24. Fabian Waldinger (2016), 'Bombs, Brains, and Science: The Role of Human and Physical Capital for the Creation of Scientific Knowledge', Review of Economics and Statistics, 98 (5), December, 811-31 [21] -- 25. Pierre Azoulay, Joshua S. Graff Zivin and Jialan Wang (2010), 'Superstar Extinction', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 125 (2), May, 549-89 [41] -- 26. George J. Borjas and Kirk B. Doran (2012), 'The Collapse of the Soviet Union and the Productivity of American Mathematicians', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 127 (3), 1143-203 [61] -- 27. Gordon C. Winston (1999), 'Subsidies, Hierarchy and Peers: The Awkward Economics of Higher Education', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 13 (1), Winter, 13-36 [24] -- 28. Ronald G. Ehrenberg (2012), 'American Higher Education in Transition', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 26 (1), Winter, 193-216 [24] -- 29. Caroline M. Hoxby (2015), 'Endowment Management Based on a Positive Model of the University' in Jeffrey R. Brown, Caroline M. Hoxby (eds), How the Financial Crisis and Great Recession Affected Higher Education, Chapter 1, Chicago, USA: University of Chicago Press, 15-41 [27] -- 30. Dennis Epple, Richard Romano and Holger Sieg (2006), 'Admission, Tuition, and Financial Aid Policies in the Market for Higher Education', Econometrica, 74 (4), 885-928 [44] -- 31. Chistopher N. Avery, Mark E. Glickman, Caroline M. Hoxby and Andrew Metrick (2013), 'A Revealed Preference Ranking of U.S. Colleges and Universities', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 128 (1), 425-67 [43]
    Abstract: "The 63 seminal papers presented in this two-volume collection provide an overview of the vibrant and growing field of the economics of higher education. Covering the full breadth of the topic, the sections of the collection cover the returns to higher education, college attendance and completion, higher education financing, educational production, and the market for higher education. An original introductory chapter by the editors puts the collected papers into the perspective of developments in the wider literature on the economics of higher education over the past decade"--
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 122
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781839109997
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (336 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Geldtheorie ; Geldpolitik ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Theorie ; Economics History ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: "This volume contains thirty-seven contributions from the most significant early developers of monetary economics. Starting with Aristotle, the collection tracks the development of the modern theory of money through the ages by thinkers like Thomas Aquinas, Martin de Azpilcueta, John Locke, Richard Cantillon, David Hume, and A.R.J Turgot. Also included are the first translations of Jean Buridan's writings on money and of Albert the Great's writings on money from Latin. A Source Book on Early Monetary Theory will be of interest to bankers, historians, and macroeconomists and can be used as a supplementary text on courses in macroeconomics, money and banking, and the history of economic thought"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 123
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781839105623
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Economic policy ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Puzzles and Myths: A General Overview -- 2. Puzzles in International Finance -- 3. Puzzles in International Economics and Macroeconomics -- 4. Puzzles in Finance -- 5. The Myths of Econometrics -- 6. The Myths of Laissez Faire -- 7. The Myths of Financial Economics -- 8. The Myths of Macroeconomics -- 9. The Mother of all Myths: Do the Royals Attract Tourists? -- 10. Epilogue: Puzzles and Myths in Economics and Finance -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "In this fascinating book, Imad A. Moosa challenges existing preconceptions surrounding normative economics, arguing that what some economists see as undisputed facts of life may be myths caused by dogmatic thinking. With this in mind, Moosa argues that the alleged puzzles found in the economics and finance literature are not puzzles at all, because they can be explained intuitively, without the need for complex models or the extravaganza of econometrics. Plausible explanations are suggested for puzzles in various areas of economics and finance, such as the home bias puzzle, the PPP puzzle and the presidential puzzle. The author explains why some common beliefs are, in fact, myths, including those of the power of the market, inefficiency of the public sector and the use of low-interest policy to combat the depression caused by the 2020 coronavirus outbreak. Controversies in Economics and Finance is a thought-provoking and stimulating read that exposes common flaws in economic analysis. It will be of great benefit to academics, graduate students and policy makers looking to understand the limits of economic analysis"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 124
    ISBN: 9781839106095
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 pages)
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: European Research Council ; Research institutes ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- 1. The Makings of an Authority in Science -- 2. Theorizing Status Intermediaries -- Part II -- 3. Tensions and Struggles in Europe-Level Science -- 4. Creating Acceptance for European Research Council Evaluations -- 5. The Consequences of European Research Council Allocations -- Part III -- 6. Constructing a Status Intermediary in Science -- 7. Taking Stock and Looking Ahead Appendix Studying the European Research Council -- Index.
    Abstract: "In this insightful book, Peter Edlund takes a status-based approach to theorizing the development of the European Research Council (ERC). Drawing upon rich empirical material, the author vividly details how the ERC was transformed from a funding organization into an authoritative status intermediary in European science. Edlund's innovate approach illustrates the ERC's path toward pre-eminence, building on a theoretical framework that the author uses to analyze evidence from Swedish and European contexts in an intriguing exploration of research funding allocated under the flagship Starting Grant scheme. Offering a field perspective on the multi-layered interactions between candidates and audiences within which the ERC was constructed as a status intermediary, this book redirects attention toward key antecedents that allow us to understand many of the extensive consequences generated by the ERC's funding. Blending theoretical models and empirical findings, Edlund's book will appeal to academics seeking advances in status theory. Practitioners and policymakers working with research funding will also benefit from its account of the historic development of the ERC and the consequences of its funding across Europe"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 125
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781839107481
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 250 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Nachhaltige Stadtentwicklung ; Räumlicher Wettbewerb ; Urbanisierung ; Stadtsoziologie ; Welt ; Sociology, Urban ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Stadtentwicklung ; Stadtsoziologie
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- PART I THE SUSTAINABLE CITY -- 1 Towards sustainable urban competitiveness? The role of organizing capacity and distributed leadership / Leo van den Berg and Luis Carvalho -- 2 The modern city and third places: new sources of sustainable entrepreneurs and competitiveness / Diane-Gabrielle Tremblay and Arnaud Scaillerez -- 3 Urbanization and sustainable urban development in China / Shen Jianfa -- 4 In search of an innovation economic geography / Edward Blakely -- 5 Evaluating the quality of comprehensive plans for urban resilience: the case of seven metropolitan cities in South Korea / Hyun-Woo Kim and Gi-Chan Kim -- PART II THE COMPETITIVE CITY -- 6 "Focused Research University"and "Matrix College": Incheon National University's strategies based on combination and permutation / Cho Dong-Sung -- 7 Human behavior and economic development: culture, psychology and the competitiveness of cities and regions / Robert Huggins and Piers Thompson -- 8 Must a competitive city be a tolerant city? / Peter Karl Kresl -- 9 Ecological environment competitiveness in emerging economies: a case of urban India / Shaleen Singhal and Meenakshi Kumar -- 10 Metropolitan development and geographical deconcentration in Mexico, 1980-2015 / Jaime Sobrino -- 11 Mexico: GVCs network development and the emergence of interactive cities 200/ Clemente Ruiz Durán -- 12 Mexican cities' innovative industry and competitiveness in the age of the modern city: changes between 1993 and 2013 / Isela Orihuela -- Index.
    Abstract: "This original book examines the experiences cities and urban areas have had with two principal concerns that confront them today: sustainability and competitiveness. Focusing on major cities in East Asia, North America, and Western Europe, Towards a Competitive, Sustainable Modern City illuminates the ways in which cities differ not only in their course and stages of development, but in the nature of their economies and their administrative structures. Featuring a wide-ranging set of contributions from top researchers, this book discusses and analyzes the issues that different cities face, such as social cohesion, tolerance and cultural diversity, and how this will determine their developmental trajectories through the coming decade. These issues are explored in relation to contemporary topics including the growing economy of robotics, the rising importance and use of artificial intelligence and the information and communications economy. Towards a Competitive, Sustainable Modern City will be an invaluable read for scholars and professors in urban economics and urban studies more broadly, particularly those who are focusing on the importance of sustainability in both areas. Its stimulating, yet accessible, approach to the topic and key case studies will also greatly benefit urban planners and economic policy makers looking to improve contemporary cities"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 126
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788114363
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (192 pages)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Also issued as:
    Keywords: Special events Management ; Research ; Electronic books
    Abstract: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Offering a unique collection of established and emerging perspectives on event management, this Research Agenda investigates contemporary themes and innovative methodologies. 10 chapters cover core topics in the current academic debate, exploring the development of event management from a management-oriented field into a multidisciplinary research area. Organised into three parts, the Research Agenda contains international contributions from academics across tourism, geography, management, psychology and sociology fields. Initially tackling events in society, the book moves on to look specifically at the consumer, and finally examines the event organization. Chapters recommend the integration of events in geographical and political contexts, suggesting research agendas for the future that focus on the spectator, the participant and, ultimately, the consumer. Critical reading for management and tourism scholars, this book offers key insights to developing topics in the field. Event practitioners and policy makers will also greatly benefit from reading this"--
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction to a research agenda for event management / Erik Lundberg, Tommy D. Andersson and John Armbrecht -- Part I: Events in society -- 2. Re-thinking event sustainability / Judith Mair -- 3. The past, present and future of event safety research / Morten Thanning Vendelø -- 4. Event bidding: a research agenda for major and mega sport events / David McGillivray, Daniel Turner and John Lauermann -- 5. Event evaluation and impact assessment: five challenges / Donald Getz -- Part II: The event consumer -- 6. Re-thinking the value of events for event attendees: emerging themes from psychology / Eliza Kitchen and Sebastian Filep -- 7. Event experience research directions / Greg Richards -- 8. Managing extraordinary event experiences: understanding consumer immersion / Lena Mossberg -- 9. Participant events and the active event consumer / Tommy D. Andersson, John Armbrecht and Erik Lundberg -- Part III: The event organisation -- 10. Revisiting and advancing the research agenda for event volunteering / Karen A. Smith, Leonie Lockstone-Binney and Kirsten Holmes -- 11. Knowledge management in event and festival organisations: Challenges and future directions / Raphaela Stadler -- Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 127
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788119788
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series 367
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of agglomeration
    Keywords: Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Urban economics ; Megacities Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Gilles Duranton and Henry G. Overman (2005), 'Testing for localization using micro-geographic data', Review of economic studies, 72 (4), December, 1077-106 -- 2. J. Vernon Henderson (2003), 'Marshall's scale economies', Journal of urban economics, 53 (1), January, 1-28 -- 3. Pierre-Philippe Combes, Gilles Duranton, and Laurent Gobillon (2008), 'Spatial wage disparities: sorting matters!', Journal of urban economics, 63 (2), March, 723-42 -- 4. Michael Greenstone, Richard Hornbeck and Enrico Moretti (2010), 'Identifying agglomeration spillovers: evidence from winners and losers of large plant openings', Journal of political economy, 118 (3), June, 536-98 -- 5. Pierre-Philippe Combes (2012), 'The productivity advantages of large cities: distinguishing agglomeration from firm selection', Econometrica, 80 (6), November, 2543-94 -- 6. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2003), 'Geography, industrial organization, and agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 85 (2), May, 377-93 -- 7. Mohammad Arzaghi and J. Vernon Henderson (2008), 'Networking off Madison Avenue', Review of economic studies, 75 (4), October, 1011-38 -- 8. Gabriel M. Ahlfeldt, Stephen J. Redding, Daniel M. Strum and Nikolas Wolf (2015), 'The economics of density: evidence from the Berlin Wall', Econometrica, 86 (6), November, 2127-89 -- 9. Glenn Ellison, Edward L. Glaeser and William R. Kerr (2010), 'What causes industry agglomeration? Evidence from coagglomeration patterns', American economic review, 100 (3), June, 1195-213 -- 10. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2001), 'The Determinants of Agglomeration', Journal of Urban Economics, 50 (2), September, 191-229 -- 11. Jordi Jofre-Monseny, Raquel Marín-López and Elisabet Viladecans-Marsal (2011), 'The mechanisms of agglomeration: evidence from the effect of inter-industry relations on the location of new firms', Journal of urban economics, 70 (2-3), September-November, 61-74 -- 12. Stephen B. Billings and Erik B. Johnson (2016), 'Agglomeration within an urban area', Journal of urban economics, 91, January, 13-25 -- 13. Giulia Faggio, Olmo Silva and William C. Strange (2017), 'Heterogeneous agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 99 (1), February, 80-94 -- 14. Gilles Duranton and Diego Puga (2001), 'Nursery cities: urban diversity, process innovation, and the life cycle of products', American economic review, 91 (5), December, 1454-77 -- 15. Jeffrey Lin (2011), 'Technological adaptation, cities, and new work', Review of economics and statistics, 93 (2), May, 554-74 -- 16. Donald R. Davis and David E. Weinstein (2002), 'Bones, bombs, and break points: the geography of economic activity', American economic review, 92 (5), December, 1269-89 -- 17. Ajay Agrawal, Devesh Kapur and John McHale (2008), 'How do spatial and social proximity influence knowledge flows? Evidence from patent data', Journal of urban economics, 64 (2), September, 258-69 -- 18. Edward L. Glaeser, Sari Pekkala Kerr and William R. Kerr (2015), 'Entrepreneurship and urban growth: an empirical assessment with historical mines', Review of economics and statistics, 97 (2), April, 498-520 -- 19. Bruce Fallick, Charles A. Fleischman and James B. Rebitzer (2006), 'Job-Hopping in Silicon Valley: some evidence concerning the microfoundations of a high-technology cluster', Review of economics and statistics, 88 (3), October, 472-81.
    Abstract: 20. Hoyt Bleakley and Jeffrey Lin (2012), 'Thick-market effects and churning in the labor market: evidence from US cities', Journal of urban economics, 72 (2-3), September-November, 87-103 -- 21. Jorge De La Roca and Diego Puga (2017), 'Learning by working in big cities', Review of economic studies, 84 (1), January, 106-42 -- 22. Nathaniel Baum-Snow and Ronni Pavan (2011), 'Understanding the city size wage gap', Review of economic studies, 79 (1), August, 88-127 -- 23. Rebecca Diamond (2016), 'The determinants and welfare implications of US workers' diverging location choices by skill: 1980-2000', American economic review, 106 (3), March, 479-524 -- 24. Marigee Bacolod, Bernardo S. Blum and William C. Strange (2016), 'Skills in the city', Journal of urban economics, 65 (2), March, 136-53 -- 25. Joseph Gyourko, Christopher Mayer, and Todd Sinai (2013), 'Superstar cities', American economic journal: economic policy, 5 (4), November, 167-99 -- 26. Gianmarco Ottaviano, Takatoshi Tabuchi and Jacques-François Thisse (2002), 'Agglomeration and trade revisited', International economic review, 43 (2), May, 409-35 -- 27. Treb Allen and Costas Arkolakis (2014), 'Trade and the topography of the spatial economy', Quarterly journal of economics, 129 (3), June, 1085-140 -- 28. Thomas J. Holmes (2011), 'The diffusion of Wal-Mart and economies of density', Econometrica, 79 (1), January, 253-302.
    Abstract: "This inspiring collection compiles the most essential papers encompassing agglomeration economies. Agglomeration economies are manifested in cities and industry clusters shaping the neighborhoods and the regions that contain them. The literature is unified around several themes: Improvements in econometric methods and data, geographic scales at which agglomeration economies operate, micro-neighborhoods and mega-regions. The volume also uncovers the forces driving the field including labor markets, input markets and dynamic phenomena such as innovation, technology change and growth. Prefaced by an original introduction from the editor, this collection promises to be a useful tool for scholars as well as a fascinating read to those interested in the subject area"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 128
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788116237
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 349 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on intervention and statebuilding
    DDC: 327.1
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Intervention (International law) ; Nation-building ; Intervention ; Nationenbildung ; Intervention ; Konfliktregelung ; Internationaler Konflikt ; Internationale Politik ; Internationale Organisation ; Problemlösen ; Fähigkeit ; Failed State ; Begrenzte Staatlichkeit ; Institutionalisierung ; Handbuch ; Nation-building ; Intervention (International law) ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Intervention ; State building
    Abstract: "This innovative Handbook offers a new perspective on the cutting-edge conceptual advances that have shaped - and continue to shape - the field of intervention and statebuilding. Bringing together leading global scholars, the Handbook on Intervention and Statebuilding offers a cross-cutting perspective on a wide array of themes. Chapters cover democracy promotion, transitional justice and humanitarianism, as well as the involvement of drones and cyber technology in conflicts. Employing state-of-the-art perspectives on the most crucial themes, this Handbook explores issues at the heart of contemporary statebuilding. This Handbook will be critical reading for researchers at all levels in the broad field of international relations and peace and conflict studies. Upper-level students of political science will also benefit from the breadth of topics covered"--
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to the handbook on intervention and statebuilding: Moving beyond the current orthodoxy / Nicolas Lemay-Hébert -- 2. Intervention and statebuilding beyond the human / David Chandler -- 3. Knowledge, expertise and the politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Roland Kostić -- 4. Post-conflict reconstruction, the local, and the indigenous / Elisa Randazzo -- 5. Data in the context of intervention and statebuilding / Isabel Rocha de Siqueira -- 6. The ambiguity of statebuilding / Florian P. Kühn -- 7. International statebuilding interventions and the politics of scale / Shahar Hameiri and Fabio Scarpello -- 8. Intervening in a diverse world: Revisiting the 'problem' of difference in international statebuilding / Pol Bargués-Pedreny and Xavier Mathieu -- 9. Decolonial 'interventions'? Potentials and challenges of decolonial perspectives / Philipp Lottholz -- 10. Democracy promotion and statebuilding / Sonja Grimm -- 11. Post-conflict statebuilding as contentious politics / Outi Donovan -- 12. State formation in the context of hybrid political orders / Volker Boege -- 13. The everyday politics of international intervention / Janosch Neil Kullenberg -- 14. Non-state actors, service delivery and statebuilding / Claire Mcloughlin -- 15. Clear, hold, build ... A 'local' state: Counterinsurgency and territorial orders in somalia / Louise Wiuff Moe -- 16. International political sociology of interventions / Médéric Martin-Mazé -- 17. From international justice and statebuilding to international justice as statebuilding / Sara Dezalay -- 18. Mapping the nexus of transitional justice and peacebuilding / Catherine Baker and Jelena Obradovic-Wochnik -- 19. Civilian protection in the context of interventions / Cecilia Jacob -- 20. The spatial dimensions of statebuilding / Annika Björkdahl and Stefanie Kappler -- 21. The temporal dimension in the study of interventions / Róisín Read and Roger Mac Ginty -- 22. Statebuilding and narrative / Josefin Graef and Raquel da Silva -- 23. Myths and the international politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Catherine Goetze -- 24. Cyber security: States, development and intervention / Kristan Stoddart -- 25. The plain drone, the armed drone and human security / Astri Suhrke -- 26. New forms of intervention: The case of humanitarian refugee biometrics / Katja Lindskov Jacobsen -- 27. Transnational environmental crime: From securitization to intervention and statebuilding / Lorraine Elliott -- 28. The aid bunker: Security risk management in conflict zones / Florian Weigand -- 29. From gendered war to gendered peace? Feminist perspectives on international intervention in sites of conflict / Maria O'Reilly -- 30. Romanticising the locals and the externals? Identifying challenges to a gendered ssr / Nina Wilén -- 31. The political economy of gender and peacebuilding / Yasmin Chilmeran and Jacqui True -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 129
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 1788111753 , 9781788111751
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 216 pages)
    Uniform Title: Elgaronline: Social and Political Science Collection 2019
    DDC: 306.2
    Keywords: Political culture ; Political sociology ; Sociologie politique ; Political culture ; Political sociology
    Abstract: "This insightful book develops a new theoretical account of governance as regimes of governing practices that shape the political ordering of social relations. This account develops insights from sociology, politics and political economy and is 'post'-poststructuralist in scope. Chapters explore and synthesise three key features of governing that are often treated as contradictory: the historical contingency of statehood, the structured and unequal distribution of power and authority in governing, and the transformative possibilities of political action. This book proposes an innovative approach to governance analysis as a critical mode of empirical enquiry that is systematic, contextualised and holistic. In doing so, it also provides a new analytical framework to facilitate empirical investigation. Featuring tools of situated critique and analytical contextualisation, and with case study chapters that apply this framework in a range of empirical settings, this book is vital reading for all researchers of public policy and governance. Furthermore, researchers applying state theories to empirical investigation, and postgraduate students scrutinising complex governance settings, will also benefit from this book's theoretical account, analytical framework and case examples".
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I: Ontology, theory, epistemology -- 1. Introduction to governance analysis: critical enquiry at the intersection of politics, policy and society / Emma Carmel -- 2. Regimes of governing practices, socio-political order and contestation / Emma Carmel -- 3. Governance analysis: epistemological orientations and analytical framework / Emma Carmel -- Part II: Governing practices, statehoods and social inequalities -- 4. Governing skills, governing workplaces: explaining the new labour skills strategy for England / Hannah Durrant -- 5. The political ordering of migrant workers through labour admission policies / Regine Paul -- 6. Understanding the complexity and implications of the English care policy system / Fiona Morgan -- 7. Understanding the state-third sector relationship in public services delivery / Jenny Harlock -- Part III: Governing practices, social politics and contestation -- 8. Participatory governing through co-production and co-design / Michelle Farr -- 9. Participatory governing at the margins of the state / Sarah Morgan-Trimmer -- 10. Governing, politics and policy contestation within European networks / Hester Kan -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 130
    ISBN: 9781785364624
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338/.04082
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Weibliche Führungskräfte ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Women in finance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Weibliche Führungskraft ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- Cross-Country Comparisons -- 1. Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship / Tatiana S. Manolova, Candida G. Brush, Linda F. Edelman, Alicia Robb and Friederike Welter -- 2. Women entrepreneurship within the ASEAN economic community: challenges and opportunities / Ulrike Guelich and Siri Roland Xavier -- 3. Women's entrepreneurship in Latin America and the Caribbean: a multidimensional approach / Daniela Gimenez, Patricia Gabaldon and Cathrine Seierstad -- Part II -- Country Studies -- 4. Survived, but cannot prosper! Examining the impact of gender inequality on success of women-owned entrepreneurial ventures through a liberal feminist lens / Dev K. Dutta and R. Isil Yavuz -- 5. Assessing the relational embeddedness of women entrepreneurs in entrepreneurial ecosystems: a social network perspective / Xaver Neumeyer, Susana C. Santos and Julia Poncela-Casasnovas -- 6. Socio-economic background: a key element in understanding growth aspirations of women entrepreneurs in the tourism industry in Tanzania / Irene M. Lugalla, Luchien Karsten, and Clemens Lutz -- 7. Understanding motivation of women entrepreneurs in Ethiopia / Atsede T. Hailemariam, Brigitte Kroon and M.J.P.M. van Veldhoven -- 8. Exploring entrepreneurial finance and gender in an emergent entrepreneurial ecosystem: the case of the Punjab, northern India / Navjot Sandhu, Jonathan M. Scott, Jenny Gibb, Javed Ghulam Hussain, Michèle Akoorie and Paresha Sinha -- 9. Chilean entrepreneurial ecosystem: understanding the gender gap in entrepreneurial activity / José Ernesto Amorós and Vesna Mandakovic -- Part III -- Public Policy Implications -- 10. Gender equality in regional entrepreneurial ecosystems: the implementation of policy initiatives / Gry Agnete Alsos, Margrete Haugum and Elisabet Ljunggren -- 11. Women's entrepreneurship policy: a 13-nation cross country comparison / Colette Henry, Barbara Orser, Susan Coleman, Lene Foss and Friederike Welter -- Index.
    Abstract: The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book. The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 131
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365577
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Trust in regulatory regimes
    DDC: 352.8#23
    RVK:
    Keywords: Vertrauen ; Regulierung ; Selbstverpflichtung ; Welt ; Political participation ; Trust Political aspects ; Economic policy ; Industrial policy ; Electronic books ; Handel ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Trust in regulatory regimes: scoping the field / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- 2. The role of trust in the regulation of complex and high-risk industries: the case of the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration's voluntary disclosure programs / Russell W. Mills and Dorit Reiss -- 3. When the going gets tough: exploring processes of trust building and repair in regulatory relations / Frédérique Six and Hans Van Ees -- 4. Interorganizational trust in Flemish public administration: comparing trusted and distrusted interactions between public regulatees and public regulators / Peter Oomsels and Geert Bouckaert -- 5. In vino veritas? the development of producer trust and its market effects in regulated French and Italian quality wine markets / Betsy Carter -- 6. Being everybody's accomplice: trust and control in eco-labelling / Lovisa Näslund and Kristina Tamm Hallström -- 7. Trust and cooperation over the public-private divide, an empirical study on trust evolving in co-regulation / Haiko Van der Voort -- 8. Deliberate trust-building by autonomous government agencies: evidence from responses to the 2009 H1N1 swine flu pandemic / Erik Baekkeskov -- 9. An agenda for further research into the role of trust in regulatory regimes / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- Index.
    Abstract: Within political and administrative sciences generally, trust as a concept is contested, especially in the field of regulatory governance. This groundbreaking book is the first to systematically explore the role and dynamics of trust within regulatory regimes. Conceptualizing, mapping and analyzing trust between regulators, regulatees and citizens, expert contributors systematically review the existing empirical research on the role of trust within these relations. Further chapters offer new empirical material, with in-depth case studies covering different regulatory relations, regulatory issues and geographical areas. After scoping the field of inquiry and significantly adding to it, the book concludes with a proposal for a challenging and encompassing agenda for future research on trust in regulatory governance. Comprehensive and forward thinking, this book will be of interest to academics working in the fields of regulation, sociology, law, political science, public administration and trust. It will also offer a compelling read for practitioners working in the field of regulation
    Note: Contributors include: E. Baekkesko, G. Bouckaert, B. Carter, R.W. Mills, L. Näslund, P. Oomsels, D. Reiss, F. Six, K. Tamm Hallström, H. van der Voort, H. van Ees, K. Verhoest , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 132
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717056
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Berti, Marco Elgar introduction to organizational discourse analysis
    DDC: 658.4/5
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Verhalten in Organisationen ; Diskurstheorie ; Metapher ; Wirtschaftsstudium ; USA ; Communication in organizations ; Electronic books ; Organisation ; Kommunikation ; Diskursanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: the aim and structure of the book -- 1. Language and organization -- 2. The discourse of 'organizational discourse -- 3. The power of metaphors -- 4. Discourse as a map -- 5. Discourse as organizing -- 6. Discource as mask: silence, emptiness and ambiguity in discourse -- 7. Organizational discourse analysis in practice: the case of business education discourse -- 8. References -- Index.
    Abstract: Our knowledge and understanding of organizations is both enabled and constrained by an invisible relationship of power that is embedded in the ways in which we act and speak. This book offers a succinct but comprehensive introduction to the vast field of organizational discourse analysis, the approach that studies organization as a linguistic phenomenon, and offers an original approach to investigate the relationship between materiality and discourse. Three original images of discourse are employed: discourse as a map, discourse as organizing and discourse as a mask. These metaphors are used as cognitive tools to highlight different implications and perspectives on discourse. The book critically compares and contrasts various linguistic-focused approaches to the study of organizations, and proposes the use of linguistic phenomena in connection with other methodologies. One section even offers an exemplification of the proposed approach to discourse analysis, presenting a map of discursive terrain, which plays a central role in the reproduction of local organizational and management discourses. This rich and approachable introduction is targeted at graduate and doctoral students, as well as non-specialist academics who want to familiarize themselves with the organizational discourse debate
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 133
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364860
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Services, economy and innovation series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research methods in service innovation
    RVK:
    Keywords: Dienstleistungsinnovation ; Marktforschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Service industries Technological innovations ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Service innovation research methods / Flemming Sørensen and Francesco Lapenta -- 2. Quantitative measurement instruments: a case of developing a method for measuring innovation in service firms / Jon Sundbo -- 3. The critical incident technique and everyday innovation / Lars Fuglsang -- 4. Laddering method in service innovation research / Niels Nolsøe Grünbaum -- 5. Narratives as driver for co-creating new stories of service / Anne Vorre Hansen -- 6. Mapping innovation processes: visual techniques for opening and presenting the black box of service innovation processes / Anne Rørbæk Olesen -- 7. Interpretivist analyses of social networks of service innovation / Jørn Kjølseth Møller and Flemming Sørensen -- 8. The role of social media data for research on user driven innovation / Ada Scupola -- 9. Using technology oriented scenario analysis for innovation research. the case of service innovation in financial services / Francesco Lapenta -- 10. Using future workshops for idea generation in engaged service innovation research / Ada Scupola -- 11. Service innovation field experiments: developing and testing new innovation processes / Flemming Sørensen -- 12. Service innovation in complex research projects: learnings from working within a triple helix framework / Claire Esther Staddon Forder -- Index.
    Abstract: Research Methods in Service Innovation provides an essential methodological toolbox for researchers, students and practitioners interested in better understanding innovation and improving innovation processes in service organisations. Each chapter presents a specific method, introduces its theoretical foundations, explains its practical application, and provides examples and suggestions for its implementation. The methods described include original and innovative methodological approaches, such as technology-oriented scenario analysis, experiments and laddering, as well as critical incident techniques, social network analysis, blogs, visual techniques, narratives and future workshops. Together, the chapters encourage readers to understand service innovation research as a process that requires creative methodological thinking. The book adapts various methods and processes from different areas of research, and evaluates their strengths, limitations and possible applications in specific areas of service innovation. Researchers and academics will find this collection to be an essential state-of-the-art resource for research in the fields of service innovation and innovation in general. The book will also appeal to practitioners and consultants dealing with both public and private service organisations
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: C. Forder, L. Fuglsang, N.N. Grünbaum, A.V. Hansen, F. Lapenta, J.K. Møller, A.R. Olesen, A. Scupola, F. Sørensen, J. Sundbo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 134
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9780857937957
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of innovation and creativity for marketing management
    DDC: 658.8/02
    RVK:
    Keywords: Marketingmanagement ; Innovation ; Kreativität ; Marketing ; Creative ability in business ; Electronic books ; Marketingmanagement
    Abstract: Introduction / Eric Shiu -- 1. What is innovation? / Søren Harnow Klausen -- 2. Product design innovation - trade-off decisions on functionality, aesthetics and sustainability from the consumer perspective / Eric Shiu -- 3. Innovation performance in service industries - unlocking the intricate effects of strategic orientations and the business model / Colin Cheng -- 4. Organizing for creativity / Farida Rasulzada -- 5. Four decades of engaging customers in product innovation / Mai Khanh Tran -- 6. Developing a conceptual model of the impacts of electronic word-of-mouth on innovation adoption / Yingying Qian -- 7. Cultural influences on innovation resistance : a conceptual framework / Nasir Salari -- 8. The influence of personality on creativity / Eva Hoff and Ingegerd Carlsson -- 9. Chan/Zen of creativity management / Ai-Girl Tan -- 10. Creativity in advertisement : how advertisements strike people - a critical discussion of the role of original ideas and background music / Alessandro Antonietti and Barbara Colombo -- Concluding remarks / Eric Shiu.
    Abstract: This groundbreaking Handbook is a collection of the most recent research in innovation and creativity as it applies to marketing management. It uniquely combines the work of innovation and creativity scholars in the same book. Incorporating global research conducted by scholars based all over the world, this book covers various aspects of innovation and creativity, discussing the concepts themselves as well as adopting both a company and consumer perspective. Standout topics discussed in this Handbook include product and service innovation, organizing for innovation, co-innovation, and the impacts of culture on innovation as well as the impacts of personality, the impacts of zen, and the applications of creativity in management and marketing. Eric Shiu presents an integrated discussion of both disciplines, which will inevitably lead to early-stage frameworks of knowledge, new research ideas, and a more holistic understanding of innovation and creativity combined. This Handbook targets readers who are interested in innovation and creativity in general as well as those interested in how the topics apply to marketing management. Business and management students as well as scholars who are researching, teaching or studying a subject that relates to innovation or creativity will be of interest
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Antonietti, I. Carlsson, C. Cheng, B. Colombo, S. Harnow Klausen, E. Hoff, Y. Qian, F. Rasulzada, N. Salari, E. Shiu, A-.G. Tan, M.K. Tran
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 135
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781783478293
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Young, Dennis R., 1943 - Financing nonprofits and other social enterprises
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensfinanzierung ; Nonprofit-Organisation ; Sozialwirtschaft ; Nonprofit organizations Finance ; Electronic books ; Nonprofit-Bereich ; Finanzierung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by Bill Bolling -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Cross-currents in SPO finance -- 3. Benefits theory -- 4. The nature of benefits and their financing -- 5. Fee-reliant SPOs -- 6. Contributions-reliant spos -- 7. Government-reliant SPOs -- 8. Investment income-reliant SPOs -- 9. Mixed income strategies -- 10. Capital financing -- 11. Income portfolios -- 12. Benefits thinking : ideas and tools for practice -- Index.
    Abstract: Benefits theory connects an organization's mission, the public and private benefits it produces, and the societal groups that it benefits, to an appropriate income mix. This book applies benefits theory to the financing of nonprofit and other social purpose organizations to guide managers and leaders towards finding the best mix of income sources for their organizations, to help educate future managers about resource development and to stimulate additional research on the financing of nonprofits and other forms of social enterprise. Individual chapters are devoted to organizations primarily reliant on earned income, gifts, government support and investment income, respectively, as well as to organizations that are well diversified in their sources of operating support. Each type of income, as well as mixed income portfolios are analyzed in depth. Detailed case studies of contemporary social purpose organizations are discussed throughout the book, and templates are provided to help leaders apply benefits theory to analyze the income opportunities and portfolios of their own organizations. Comprehensive and practitioner-friendly, this book is suitable not only for teaching graduate and undergraduate students in non-profit management, social enterprise, public administration and business management, but also for informing practicing managers, teachers and researchers, and funders of social purpose organizations
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 136
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718602
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on place branding and marketing
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Standortmarketing ; Destinationsmanagement ; Tourismusforschung ; Nachhaltige Stadtentwicklung ; Regionalentwicklung ; Trend ; Internationaler Tourismus ; Branding (Marketing) ; Electronic books ; Standortpolitik ; Tourismusforschung ; Regionalentwicklung
    Abstract: Contents: Section 1: Place branding: strategies and perspectives -- 1. The state of art: from country-of-origin to strategies for economic development / Adriana Campelo -- 2. Place branding in strategic spatial planning: challenges and opportunities of branding regions / Eduardo Oliveira and Gregory Ashworth -- 3. The cultural branding matrix: framing the relation between cultural institutions and city branding / Cecilia Pasquinelli -- 4. 'Like a pair of worn-out slippers': place attraction factors among return migrants to peripheral places / Helle Dalsgaard Pedersen and Anette Therkelsen -- Section 2: Place making -- 5. Place brand meaning-making: culture, ethos and habitus / Adriana Campelo -- 6. "I love this place": tourists' destination brand love / Kathryn Swanson, Dominic Medway, and Gary Warnaby -- 7. Programmatic authenticity: culinary place branding in Greenland / Søren Askegaard, Dannie Kjeldgaard, and Eric Arnould -- 8. Smell it, taste it, listen it, touch it, and see it to make sense of this place / Adriana Campelo -- Section 3: Methodologies for place branding -- 9. Multisensory place branding: a manifesto for research / Dominic Medway and Gary Warnaby -- 10. Place branding and place narratives / Maria Lichrou, Maurice Patterson and Lisa O'Malley -- 11. Place brand biography: something special or same old story? / Stephen Brown -- Section 4: Urban issues -- 12. Mobility, marketing, and the experience of the city / Gary Warnaby and Christopher J. Parker -- 13. Pretty vacant? -- Implications of neglect and emptiness for urban aesthetics and place branding / Gary Warnaby and Dominic Medway -- 14. Trends and final remarks / Adriana Campelo -- Index.
    Abstract: Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies. Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 137
    ISBN: 9781783475520
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Capturing the innovation opportunity space
    DDC: 658.4/063
    RVK:
    Keywords: Innovationsmanagement ; Geschäftsmodell ; Social Web ; Business enterprises Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Innovation ; Kunde ; Kooperation ; Geschäftsmodell
    Abstract: Contents: 1. The new frontier of innovation -- 2. Innovation pioneers - the essential role of users, on-line user communities and the crowd -- 3. Exploring the changing landscape of Innovation: the rise of users, on-line communities and the crowd -- 4. Mapping the new world of innovation - the innovation opportunity space -- 5. Defending territory - changing forms of intellectual protection -- 6. New frontier business models - creating value through innovation -- 7. Emerging business models in settled contexts -- 8. Emerging business models in frontier contexts -- 9. Capturing the innovation opportunity space -- Index
    Abstract: Innovation is changing and this exciting book explores how the shift to more collaborative ways of working with users, online communities and the crowd opens up novel business possibilities. The Innovation Opportunity Space approach enables managers, policymakers and academics to better understand emerging new business opportunities. Drawing on the findings of the latest international research, this book provides a systematic and clear understanding of the radical business models that new forms of innovation are making possible. The authors offer a wide range of examples and case studies that explore how firms have benefited from these new forms of innovation. A novel approach to innovation planning and strategy is also introduced, and the book concludes with a four-stage process that shows how firms can work to capture their own Innovation Opportunity Space. Defining the state of the art in the field, this will be an essential resource for managers, academics and researchers of business organisation and innovation
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 138
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785365041
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methodologies and design in neuroentrepreneurship
    DDC: 338
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Neurowissenschaften ; Neuroökonomie ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Introduction / Mellani Day, Mary C. Boardman and Norris Krueger -- Part I -- Neuroscience principles, techniques and tools -- 2. Brain-driven entrepreneurship research: -- A Review and research agenda / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 3. Human psychophysiological and genetic approaches in neuroentrepreneurship / Marco Colosio, Cristiano Bellavitis and Alexey Gorin -- 4. Unpacking neuroentrepreneurship: conducting entrepreneurship research with EEG technologies / Martin De Holan and Cyril Couffe -- 5. A brief primer on using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) in entrepreneurship research / M. K. Ward, Crystal Reeck and William Becker -- 6. Experimental methodological principles for entrepreneurship research using neuroscience techniques / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- Part II -- Neuroscience applications - entrepreneurial judgement, decision-making and cognition -- 7. Entrepreneurial return on investment through a neuroentrepreneurship lens / Mellani Day and Mary C. Boardman -- 8. The cognitive neuroscience of entrepreneurial risk: -- conceptual and methodological challenges / Kelly G. Shaver, Leon Schjoedt, Angela Passarelli and Crystal Reeck -- 9. A few words about entrepreneurial learning, training and brain plasticity / Aparna Sud -- 10. A few words about Neuro-experimental designs for the study of emotions and cognitions in entrepreneurship / Theresa Treffers -- 11. Which tool should I use? Neuroscientific technologies for brain-driven entrepreneurship researchers / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 12. A few words about what neuroentrepreneurship can and cannot help us with / Sean Guillory, Mary C. Boardman and Mellani Day -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook provides an overview of neuroscience-driven research methodologies and how those methodologies might be applied to theory-based research in the nascent field of neuroentrepreneurship. A key challenge of this field is that few neuroscientists are trained as entrepreneurship scholars and few entrepreneurship scholars are trained as neuroscientists, but this book skillfully bridges that gap. Expert contributors include concrete examples of new ways to conduct research in their contributions, which have the potential to shed light onto areas such as decision making and opportunity recognition and allow neuroentrepreneurs to ask different, perhaps better, questions than ever before. This Handbook also presents current thinking and examples of pioneering work, serves as a reference for those wishing to incorporate these methods into their own research, and provides several helpful discussions on the nature of answerable questions using neuroscience techniques. Neuroentrepreneurship is an important, emerging field for neuroscientists and entrepreneurship scholars alike. For the former audience, this book presents concrete research questions and entrepreneurship applications; for the latter, it serves as a primer and introduction to neuroscientific methods. Graduate students studying entrepreneurship, and practitioners who are keen to promote innovation and entrepreneurial skills in their leadership, will also find this Handbook to be of interest
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 139
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784715465
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on leadership and creativity
    DDC: 303.3/4
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Kreativität ; Kreativitätstechnik ; Leadership Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Führungskraft ; Kreativität ; Innovation
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Leading for creativity: functions, models, and domains / Michael D. Mumford, Sven Hemlin, and Tyler J. Mulhearn -- Functions -- 2. Leader planning skills and creative performance: integrating past, present, and future / Michael D. Mumford, Logan M. Steele, Tyler J. Mulhearn, Tristan McIntosh, and Logan L. Watts -- 3. Creativity, complexity, and organizational learning: implications for leadership and governance / Robert K. Kazanjian -- 4. How can we advise Achilles? A rehabilitation of the concept of the champion for leadership / Steven E. Markham and Janice Witt Smith -- 5. Leader idea evaluation and follower creativity: challenges, constraints, and capabilities / Logan L. Watts, Tyler J. Mulhearn, E. Michelle Todd, and Michael D. Mumford / 6. Intrinsic motivation and creativity: opening up a black box / Logan M. Steele, Tristan McIntosh, and Cory Higgs -- 7. Leadership's role in creative climate creation / Scott G. Isaksen -- 8. Leading for creativity: how leaders manage creative teams / Roni Reiter-Palmon and Ryan P. Royston -- 9. The social footprint of champions and promoters as creative leaders in innovating and executing / Jan Kratzer and Ingo Michelfelder -- Models -- 10. Leader structure and consideration for innovation / Gina Scott Ligon and Douglas C. Derrick -- 11. Do leaders matter in the long run? A longitudinal study of the importance of LMX and LMX balance for followers' creative performance in research groups / Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- 12. Transformational leadership and follower creativity: a review of underlying mechanism and boundary conditions / Kathrin Rosing -- 13. Relational leadership and creativity: the effects of respectful engagement and caring on meaningfulness and creative work involvement / John Paul Stevens and Abraham Carmeli -- 14. Collective leadership as a facilitator of innovation / Tamara L. Friedrich and Mingdong (Pauline) Zhong -- 15. All roads lead to Rome: navigating the creative process using the CIP model of leadership / Jeffrey B. Lovelace, Brett H. Neely, Bradley S. Jayne, and Samuel T. Hunter -- 16. Creativity in organizations: the intersectionality of roles, levels of analysis, and types of creativity / Kimberly S. Jaussi -- Domains -- 17. Creative leadership among executives and managers / Gerard Puccio, Marie Mance, and Selcuk Acar -- 18. Leadership and creativity in business / Daan van Knippenberg -- 19. Leadership and creativity capacity in military contexts / Shane Connelly and Stephen J. Zaccaro -- 20. Academic leadership: embracing uncertainty and diversity by building communication and trust / Li Bennich-Björkman -- 21. Creative leadership in the marketing arena / Jeffrey B. Schmidt and Logan L. Watts -- 22. Aesthetic leadership in the arts / Arja Ropo, Donatella De Paoli and Ralph Bathurst -- 23. Creativity stimulating leadership in R&D groups / Sven Hemlin and Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- Index
    Abstract: The rapid pace of technological change and globalization of products, competition and services have conspired to place a new premium on innovation for firms across the world. Although many variables influence creativity and innovation, the effective leadership of creative teams has proved especially important. This timely Handbook presents the state of the art for what leaders must do to lead creative teams and how they should do it. Handbook of Research on Leadership and Creativity is divided into three major sections. The first section on leadership functions identifies key activities that must be executed by leaders if creative efforts are to prove successful. The next section explains creative leadership using available theoretical models, examining the effects of leader behaviors on follower creativity. The final section investigates specific domains where organizations seek creativity. It covers the creative domains of research and development as well as military and academia, which have not traditionally been viewed as domains where creative leadership is critical. This comprehensive Handbook makes a significant contribution to the literature on creativity and innovation and will be welcomed as an accessible yet authoritative text by students, teachers and researchers alike
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 140
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781781006696
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Winter, Richard Philip Managing academics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Hochschulmanagement ; Großbritannien ; Australien ; Universities and colleges Administration ; Australien ; Großbritannien ; Hochschulmanagement ; Electronic books ; Hochschulbildung ; Management ; Hochschullehrer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Part I: Managing academics -- 1. Managing academics -- 2. Academic work and identity -- 3. A question of perspective -- Part II: Key perspectives -- 4. Managerialism -- 5. Professionalism -- 6. Quality of worklife -- 7. Prosocial identity -- Part III: Perspective taking -- 8. Hybrid challenges -- 9. Perspective taking -- Bibliography -- Index
    Abstract: Managing Academics offers contrasting perspectives of managing others in order to provoke alternative interpretations of academic work, identity, working relationships and scholarship outcomes in higher education institutions (HEIs). The author leverages a novel analytical-empirical approach to challenge the notion that managing others is a unitary, values-free process. This approach raises awareness of managing as a social process in which personal values and identity questions are treated as issues of importance to the manager and managed. Studies of academic values such as identity, professionalism and quality of worklife are integrated with authority, commitment and client-community service concepts developed within the disciplines of psychology and management in a multiple perspectives model. To enable different types of academic work to be valued and enacted simultaneously in HEIs, chapters on hybridity and perspective taking are presented. This innovative book is essential reading for academic managers in universities and colleges. It will also be of great value to academics and research students in business, management and higher education studies, and indeed anyone with an interest in the process of managing professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 141
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785363269
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (544 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employee health promotion ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction: why well-being matters -- 1. Work and well-being / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. The many "faces" of well-being / Thomas A. Wright, Kyle J. Emich and Dorothy Klotz -- 3. Job demands in a changing world / Bettine Kubicek and Christian Korunka -- 4. Models in work and health research: the JDC(S) and JD-R frameworks / Toon Taris -- Part II: Work and well-being: the bad news -- 5. Burnout and well-being / Adam Pervez and Jonathon Halbesleben -- 6. Job insecurity: implications for employee well-being -- Tahira M. Probst and Lindsey M. Lavaysse -- 7. Precarious employment: what it means for workers and their families / Wayne Lewchuk and Michelynn Lafleche -- Part III: An analysis of work and health in some occupations -- 8. Well-being of farmers and miners: a study on the occupational and safety risks of these vulnerable populations / Jinky Leilanie del Prado-Lu -- 9. Work and wellbeing in the construction industry / Helen Lingard and Michelle Turner -- 10. Stress in policing: sources, consequences and interventions / Ronald J. Burke -- 11. Workplace mental health in the veterinary sector strategies for veterinary organizations / Kathryn M. Page, N.J. Reavley, A.J. Milner, J. Weston, C.E. Thomson and A.D. Lamontagne -- Part IV: Work and well-being: the good news. -- 12. Leadership and employee well-being / Sophie Vincent-Hoper, Friederike Hull, Sabine Gregersen and Albert Nienhaus -- 13. Work engagement and employee well-being / Paul Fairlie -- 14. Gratitude: an antidote to work stress. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Barbara L. Ahrens -- 15. Developing psychological capital to boost work performance and wellbeing. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Jeff Dahms -- 16. A safe workplace environment. / Sharon Clarke -- 17. Work-family enrichment: a literature review / Valerie J. Morganson and Holly C.Atkinson -- 18. Finding the balance: initiatives to promote work-life balance / Arla Day and Nikola Hartling -- Part V: Interventions addressing the work-well-being relationship -- 19. The global workplace and the new work hazards: what are the necessary responses at the national and firm levels? / Jinky Leilanie del Pradu-Lu -- 20. Leadership -- Interventions to improve well-being / E. Kevin Kelloway and Jennifer K. Dimoff -- 21. Mindfulness at work / Kathleen A. Moore -- 22. Corporate wellness programs: do they increase employee well-being? / Astrid M. Richardsen -- 23. Psychologically healthy workplace practices and employee well-being. / David W. Ballard and Matthew J. Grawitch -- Index.
    Abstract: Almost every person works at some point in their lives. The Research Handbook on Work and Well-Being examines the association of particular work experiences with employee and organizational health and performance. Ronald J. Burke and Kathryn M. Page bring together an impressive collection of contributions where well-being is considered an umbrella term for happiness, satisfaction, flow, engagement, commitment and organizational identification, among other concepts. Chapters describe successful organizational efforts to achieve high levels of employee well-being and creating psychologically healthy workplaces. They cover topics such as transformational leadership, organizational support, training and development and supportive work-family policies and programs. Acknowledging that work experiences and conditions can also contribute to dissatisfaction, insecurity, illness, injuries and even death, they also examine negative work experiences and conditions such as abusive supervision, occupational stress, little control and insecurity. Practical and engaging, this Handbook will appeal to academics and students interested in work and health. Containing the latest research evidence, it will also offer valuable insights to human resource managers, organizational wellness managers and occupational health practitioners
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: B.L. Ahrens, H.C. Atkinson, D.W. Ballard, T.M. Brobst, R.J. Burke S. Clarke, J.P. Dahms, A. Day, J.K. Dimoff, K.J. Emich, P. Fairlie, M.J. Grawitch, S. Gregersen, J. Halbesleben, N. Hartling, F. Hull, E.K. Kelloway, D. Klotz, C. Korunka, B. Kubicek, M. Lafleche, T. LaMontagne, L.M. Lavaysse, W. Lewchuk, H. Lingard, J. Leilanie Del Prado Lu, A. Milner, K. Moore, V.J. Morganson, A. Nienhaus, K. Page, A. Pervez, N. Reavley, A.M. Richardsen, T.Taris, C. Thomson, M. Turner, S. Vincent-Hoper, J. Weston, T.A. Wright, C.M. Youssef-Morgan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 142
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785364747
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gender and entrepreneurial activity
    DDC: 338/.04/081
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Geschlechterunterschiede ; Geschlechterdiskriminierung ; Entrepreneurship Sex differences ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Gender and entrepreneurial activity : an overview / Albert N. Link -- 2. The psychology of the entrepreneur and the gender gap in entrepreneurship / Olga Bentsson, Tino Sanandaji and Magnus Johannesson -- 3. Female immigrant entrepreneurship in Germany / David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann, and Katharine Wirsching -- 4. Gender and entrepreneurship : selected stylized propositions, a simple empirical illustration, and some comparisons / Rajeev K. Goel, Devrim Göktepe-Hultén, and Rati Ram -- 5. Apparel industry entrepreneurs and small business owners : exploring gender within a global context / Nancy Hodges, Kittichai Watchravesringkan, Miranda Williams, Jennifer Yurchisin, Elena Karpova, Sara Marcketti, Jane Hegland, and Ruoh-Man (Terry) Yan -- 6. Barriers to academic entrepreneurship among women : a review of the constituent literatures / Marla Parker, Christopher S. Hayter, Lauren Lynch, and Rasheeda Mohammed -- 7. Elucidating the process : why women patent less than men / Erin Leahey and Amelia Blume -- 8. Corruption and entrepreneurship : does gender matter? / Claudia Trentini and Malinka Koparanova -- 9. Gender differences and academic entrepreneurship : a study of scientists in the principal investigator role / James A. Cunningham, Paul O'Reilly, Brendan Dolan, Conor O'Kane, and Vincent Mangematin -- 10. Reducing the gender gap in angel investing : the rising tide program / Susan Coleman and Alicia Robb -- 11. Gender in entrepreneurial finance : matching investors and entrepreneurs in equity crowdfunding / Silvio Vismara, Davide Benaroio, and Federica Carne -- 12. Gender and institutional environments in stem fields entrepreneurship / Margaret E. Blume-Kohout -- Index.
    Abstract: There is growing interest in the relationship between gender and entrepreneurial activity. In this book, 37 eminent scholars from diverse academic disciplines contribute cutting-edge research that addresses, from a gender perspective, three general areas of importance: key characteristics of entrepreneurs, key performance attributes of entrepreneurial firms, and the role of financial capital in the establishment and growth of entrepreneurial firms. Each chapter focuses on original, burgeoning themes related to gender and entrepreneurship, with forward-looking research that highlights key findings. For example, some authors show how the so-called 'gender divide' in patenting is greater than in publishing for academic entrepreneurs. Others explore the corruption in business practices, which is less for women entrepreneurs than their male counterparts, and explain why gender diversity is higher in equity crowdfunding than in other entrepreneurial finance markets. The book takes a global approach, offering examples of entrepreneurs from around the world. Scholars and students interested in entrepreneurship and the role of gender in business will find this volume informative and eye opening
    Note: Contributors include: D.B. Audretsch, D. Benaroio, O. Bengtsson, A. Blume, M.E. Blume-Kohout, F. Carne, S. Coleman, J.A. Cunningham, B. Dolan, R.K. Goel, D. Göktepe-Hultén, C.S. Hayter, J. Hegland, N. Hodges, M. Johannesson, E. Karpova, M. Koparanova, E. Leahey, E.E. Lehmann, A.N. Link, L. Lynch, V. Mangematin, S. Marcketti, R. Mohammed, C. O'Kane, P. O'Reilly, M. Parker, R. Ram, A. Robb, T. Sanandaji, C. Trentini, S. Vismara, K. Watchravesringkan, M. Williams, K. Wirsching, R.-N. Yan, J. Yurchisin , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 143
    ISBN: 9781785361241
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of sustainability in management education
    DDC: 650/.0711
    RVK:
    Keywords: Führungskräfteentwicklung ; Betriebswirtschaftsstudium ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Management Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Führungskraft ; Ausbildung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Contents: introduction -- Part I: Theorizing the field of sustainability in management education (SiME) development in practice -- 1. Business cases for sustainability-integrated management education / Melissa Edwards, Suzanne Benn, and Mark Starik -- 2. Reforming the delinquent organization: academia's impactful tribute to society / Frederick Ahen -- 3. Critical reflection and transformative learning: the development of shared value rationality in the teaching of strategy for sustainability / Janette Brunstein, Marta Fabiano Sambiase, and Marcos Bidart Carneiro De Novaes -- 4. Sustainability in management education: an alternative paradigm based on critical pedagogy and substantive rationality / Soraia Schutel, Emmanuel Raufflet, Paola Schmitt Figueiró, and Pedro Roberto Jacobi -- 5. Sustainability as a university value: a journey from awareness to behavior change / Erik E. Nordman, Norman Christopher, and Yumiko Jakobcic -- 6. The importance of philosophical and anthropological knowledge in management education regarding sustainability / Angela Vidal Da Silva Martins -- Part II: Exploring transformational interventions in SiME -- 7. Mission possible: introducing sustainability as an experiential entrepreneurship activity / Leo T. Wong -- 8. A review of the pedagogical tools, games, and simulations in the sustainability classroom / Claire A. Simmers, and Sara Soderstrom -- 9. Developing the sustainability mindset / Isabel Rimanoczy -- 10. Sustainability learning processes: concepts, benchmarking, development and integration / Farley Simon Nobre, Jorge A. Arevalo and Shelley F. Mitchell -- 11. Expansive learning through contradictions of sustainability / Martin Albert, Julia Breßler, and Stefan Hüsig -- 12. Sustainability through stakeholder value creation: redesigning an MBA curriculum / Richard Miller, R. Greg Bell, Dale Fodness, and J. Lee Whittington -- 13. Gender and sustainable management education: exploring the missing link / Jannine Williams, Elina Meliou, and Jorge A. Arevalo -- Part III: Understanding change agents and reform accelerators' roles -- 14. The role of management education in transdisciplinary collaborations for sustainable social-economic-ecological systems / Susan L. Manring -- 15. Journeying towards responsible citizenship and sustainability / Martin Brueckner, Rochelle Spencer, Megan Paull, Antonia Girardi, Steve Klomp -- 16. University sustainability reporting: a review of the literature and development of a model / Alan J. Richardson, Meghan D. Kachler -- 17. External facilitators of sustainable management education (EFSUMEs) and their role in promoting sustainable management education in higher education / Diego Vazquez-Brust, Natalia Yakovleva -- 18. University experiential learning partnerships as living laboratories for sustainability / Adam Sulkowski -- Part IV: Sustaining long term programs through innovation -- 19. The influence of temporality on students' learning processes: lessons from a service- learning program in Brazil / Luciano Barin Cruz, and Marlei Pozzebon -- 20. Sustainable entrepreneurship undergraduate education: a community of practice perspective / Marcela Ramirez Pasillas, and Quang Evansluong -- 21. Faculty experiences with teaching sustainability in management education: a study of select management institutions in India / Kaushik Ranjan Bandyopadhyay, and Ritika Mahajan -- 22. Enabling sustainability in management education / Paul Miesing, Linda Krzykowski, and Eliot Rich -- 23. Sustainable MBAs: a phase model development of sustainability in MBA education / Timothy A. Hart, Corey J. Fox, John Korstad, and Erin E. Nill -- 24. Managing for sustainability: -- Designing a successful undergraduate program / Neil Boyd, Jamie R. Hendry, Tammy Bunn Hiller, and Eric Martin -- Part VI: Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook strives to ...
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 144
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369018
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jain, Subhash C., 1942 - Reshaping India in the new global context
    DDC: 338.954
    Keywords: Entwicklung ; Wachstumspolitik ; Indien ; India Economic conditions 1947- ; India Economic policy 1991- ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. India gains independence -- 3. Birth of the Republic of India -- 4. India's survival -- 5. Independent India -- 6. Contemplating the future -- 7. In search of a dream -- 8. Restarting India: job creation -- 9. Restarting India: enhancing agriculture, infrastructure, education and innovation -- 10. Restarting India: addressing other growth issues -- 11. Future: the strategic thrust -- 12. Future: the strategic levers -- 13. 100 years after independence -- Index.
    Abstract: This book traces the history of India's progress since its independence in 1947 and advances strategies for continuing economic growth. Insiders and outsiders that have criticized India for slow economic growth fail to recognize all it has achieved in the last seven decades, including handling the migration of over 8 million people from Pakistan, integrating over 600 princely states into the union, managing a multi-language population into one nation and resolving the food problem. The end result is a democratic country with a strong institutional foundation. Following the growth strategies outlined in the book and with a strong leadership, India has the potential to stand out as the third largest economy in the world in the next 25 to 30 years. Subhash Jain and Ben Kedia delve into India's development and emergence as an economic power, one of the three countries that can make its own supercomputers, one of the six countries that can launch satellites and that has the second largest small car market in the world. They discuss its need for innovative initiatives and top leadership to pursue an agenda of economic growth, and monitored policies to encourage entrepreneurship at all levels. With an emphasis on the new leadership of Prime Minister Modi, the book identifies policies that need to be adopted to make India's future bright and prosperous. This book is a critical resource for students and scholars interested in India and invested in its progress, as well as policymakers, government officials and corporations considering India as a place to expand and do business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 145
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783476527
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Women in science ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: setting the scene -- 2. Positioning women in their place -- 3. Subtle masculinities at work -- 4. Secret careers -- 5. Creative genius in science -- 6. Motherhood -- 7. Concluding remarks and recommendations -- Index.
    Abstract: More women are studying science at university and they consistently outperform men. Yet, still, significantly fewer women than men hold prestigious jobs in science. Why should this occur? What prevents women from achieving as highly as men in science? And why are so few women positioned as 'creative genius' research scientists? Drawing upon the views of 47 (female and male) scientists, Bevan and Gatrell explore why women are less likely than men to become eminent in their profession. They observe three mechanisms which perpetuate women's lowered 'place' in science: subtle masculinities (whereby certain forms of masculinity are valued over womanhood); (m)otherhood (in which women's potential for maternity positions them as 'other'), and the image of creative genius which is associated with male bodies, excluding women from research roles
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 146
    ISBN: 9781783475445
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial opportunities
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Opportunity Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Lebenschance
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: reopening the debate - a Delphi panel of the leading scholars in research on entrepreneurial opportunities -- Part I Entrepreneurial opportunities - theories and approaches -- 1. A brief history of the idea of opportunity / William B. Gartner, Bruce T. Teague, Ted Baker and R. Daniel Wadhwani -- 2. Starting a business venture rationally or naturally - exploiting an opportunity in space or developing a place / Björn Bjerke and Johan Gaddefors -- 3. Austrian market theory and the entrepreneurial function as opportunity recognition Frederic Sautet -- Part II The opportunity formation process -- 4. Beyond discovery: exploring the field of entrepreneurship without a discovery view / Steffen Korsgaard and Sean Patrick Sassmannshausen -- 5. The opportunity development process of nascent entrepreneurs / Silke Tegtmeier and Catherine Léger-Jarniou -- Part III Entrepreneurial opportunities in different contexts -- 6. Understanding the knowledge - opportunities - entrepreneurship mechanism / Spyros J. Vliamos -- 7. A shaped fate: interpreting opportunity through an actor network lens / Mike Chiasson and Thomas P. Kenworth -- 8. From information to opportunity. the role of boundary spanners in sensing and seizing opportunities / Aurore Haas -- 9. Opportunity: from semantic concept to pragmatic tool / Michael Marchesney -- Part IV Impact factors on opportunity formation -- 10. Why are some individuals willing to pursue opportunities and others aren't? the role of individual values / Francisco Linán and Agnieszka Kurczewska -- 11. The effect of entrepreneurship education on opportunity recognition self-efficacy / Carlos Albornoz and José Ernesto Amorós -- Index.
    Abstract: With a wide-ranging set of contributions, this book provides a compilation of cutting-edge original research in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities. The book reopens the subject from diverse perspectives focusing on theories and approaches to entrepreneurial opportunities. It provides a brief history of the idea of opportunity and a framework of how opportunities develop in space and place. Further, this Research Handbook looks at process and context-based views on the topic. It also includes the latest research on impact factors, such as individual values on creating entrepreneurial opportunities. The book has been complemented by an outstanding Delphi panel of six leading scholars of the field: Lowell Busenitz, Dimo Dimov, James O. Fiet, Denis Grégoire, Jeff McMullen and Mike Wright. This carefully edited selection of current and topical contributions will be of immense value to students, researchers and scholars interested in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities
    Note: Contributors include: C. Albornoz, J.E. Amorós, T. Baker, B. Bjerke, L. Busenitz, M. Chiasson, D. Dimov, J.O. Fiet, J. Gaddefors, W.B. Gartner, D.A. Grégoire, A. Haas, T.P. Kenworthy, S. Korsgaard, A. Kurczewska, C. Léger-Jarniou, F. Linán, M. Marchesnay, J.S. McMullen, S.P. Sassmannshausen, F. Sautet, B.T. Teague, S. Tegtmeier, S.J. Vliamos, R.D. Wadhwani, M. Wright , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 147
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713263
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial teams
    DDC: 658.4/21
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Arbeitsgruppe ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Family-owned business enterprises Methodology ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Gruppe
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Mike Wright -- 1. Introduction / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh and Thomas M. Cooney -- Part I Learning from theory and practice -- 2. Entrepreneurial teams research in movement / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh -- 3. Urban legends or sage guidance: a review of common advice about entrepreneurial teams / Phillip H. Kim and Howard E. Aldrich -- Part II Developing entrepreneurial teams -- 4. Entrepreneurial team formation: the role of the family / Giovanna Campopiano, Tommaso Minola and Lucio Cassia -- 5. Entrepreneurs' perspectives on the structuring phase of the entrepreneurial team / L. Martin Cloutier, Sandrine Cueille and Gilles Recasens -- 6. Which deep-level diversity compositions of new venture teams lead to success or failure? / Stephanie Schoss, René Mauer and Malte Brettel -- 7. The more the merrier: how owner-manager team size influences the potential economic contribution of owner-managed businesses across the world / Jonathan Levie and Johan P. de Borst -- 8. Dispositional antecedents of shared leadership emergent states on entrepreneurial teams / Wencang Zhou and Donald Vredenburgh -- Part III Contextualizing entrepreneurial teams -- 9. Family entrepreneurial teams / Allan Discua Cruz, Elias Hadjielias and Carole Howorth -- 10. Te Ohu Umanga Māori: temporality and intent in the Māori entrepreneurial team / Mānuka Hēnare, Billie Lythberg, Amber Nicholson and Christine Woods -- 11. Ethnic diversity in entrepreneurial teams and the role of culture shock on performance / Jean-François Lalonde -- 12. Women empowerment through Government Loaned Entrepreneurship Teams (GLETs) in Kenya / Mary Wanjiru Kinoti, Moses Kibe Kihiko and Thomas M. Cooney -- 13. Entrepreneurial teams in social entrepreneurship: when team heterogeneity facilitates organizational hybridity / Frédéric Dufays and Benjamin Huybrechts -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years there has been an increasing body of evidence suggesting that firms founded by entrepreneurial teams are more likely to achieve fast growth than firms founded by lone actors. This Research Handbook explores the position of entrepreneurial teams within existing literature and challenges current perspectives through a diverse range of research lenses. Research Handbook on Entrepreneurial Teams expands the boundaries of entrepreneurship literature by examining essential issues such as formation, structuring, deep-level diversity and emergent states. The chapters also consider different contexts of application and investigate under-researched topics such as entrepreneurial teams within indigenous communities, ethnically diverse groups and women entrepreneurs. This comprehensive Research Handbook offers a wide range of research methodologies, perspectives and insights that will appeal to scholars, practitioners and entrepreneurs alike
    Note: Contributors include: H.E. Aldrich, C. Ben-Hafaïedh, M. Brettel, G. Campopiano, L. Cassia, L.M. Cloutier, T.M. Cooney, S. Cueille, J.P. De Borst, A. Discua Cruz, F. Dufays, E. Hadjielias, M. Hēnare, C. Howorth, B. Huybrechts, M.K. Kihiko, P.H. Kim, M.W. Kinoti, J.-F. Lalonde, J. Levie, B. Lythberg, R. Mauer, T. Minola, A. Nicholson, G. Recasens, S. Schoss, D. Vredenburgh, C. Woods, W. Zhou , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 148
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364969
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Sandwich generation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction and context -- 1. The sandwich generation: individual, family, organizational and societal -- Challenges and opportunities / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. Challenges faced by sandwiched caregivers / Shelley I. White-Means -- 3. Intergenerational relations in later life families. / Nancy Mandell and Ann H. Kim -- Part II: Taking care of caregivers -- 4. Supporting the caregiver in dementia / Sheilla M. Loboprabhu and Victor A. Molinari -- 5. Resource effects in the caregiving process / Claire E. Greaves, Stacey L. Parker, Hannes Zacher and Nerina L Jmmieson -- Part III: The important role of organizations -- 6. Caregiving and organizational support. / Hannes Zacher, Cort W. Rudolph and Claudia Reinicke -- 7. The effect of work hours and workplace policies on sandwiched caregivers / Jennifer Reid Keene, Takashi Yamashita and Anastasia H. Prokos -- Part IV: Policy context -- 8. National context and employer-driven work-life policies / Ariane Ollier-Malterre -- 9. Residential segregation and heath of African Americans: challenges for the future / Aparna Mitra -- 10. Missing mature age women in Australia's aged care sector / Siobhan Austen, Rhonda Sharp, Therese Jefferson and Rachel Ong -- 11. Childcare and eldercare policies in Sweden / Petra Ulmanen -- 12. What to expect when the unexpected happens: becoming a caregiver / Lisa Calvano -- Index.
    Abstract: Rising life expectancy has led to the growth of the 'Sandwich Generation' - men and women who are caregivers to their children of varying ages as well as for one or both parents whilst still managing their own household and work responsibilities. This book considers both the strains and benefits of this position. Tackling a myriad of issues such as gender, parents and parents-in-law, ethnic differences, residential status, and developing changes in the caregiving relationship such as Alzheimer's or dementia, this book highlights the complexities of the caregiving relationship. Key chapters also address potential benefits including improved relationships, skill set development and generously giving to another. Expert contributors use examples to illustrate the need for organizations to address increases in caregiving among their employees and develop supportive policies and initiatives. They further show that there is a need at the country level to integrate employees, communities, employers, businesses and levels of government to deal with this increasing trend. This timely book will prove an indispensible reference for academics and students interested in the sandwich generation, caregiving and health. Its practical approach will also benefit human resource management professionals, managers dealing with sandwiched employees and health administrators at various levels of government
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R. Attieh, S. Austen, R. Burke, L. Calvano, C.E. Greaves, T. Jefferson, N.L. Jimmieson, A.H. Kim, S. LoboPrabhu, N. Mandell, A. Mitra, V. Molinari, A. Ollier-Malterre, R. Ong, S.L. Parker, A.H. Prokos, J. Reid Keene, C. Reinicke, C.W. Rudolph, R. Sharp, P. Ulmanen, S.I. White Means, T. Yamashita, H. Zacher
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 149
    ISBN: 9781785367533
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Contextualizing entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries
    DDC: 658.421
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Schwellenländer ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Schwellenländer ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contextualizing entrepreneurship in-between emerging economies and developing countries / Marcela Ramírez-Pasillas, Ethel Brundin and Magdalena Markowska -- Part I: Contextualizing the top-down driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 2. The political economy of indigenous ethnic entrepreneurship: the Ethiopian experience / Hussien Yimam -- 3. Who is really an ethnic minority? the puzzling paradox of conceptualization of ethnic entrepreneurship / Hussien Yimam -- 4. Women entrepreneurship in Rwanda: overcoming entrepreneurial stereotypes through government support / Jean Bosco Shema and Samuel Mutarindwa -- 5. The impact of the institutional context on women entrepreneurship in Ethiopia: breaking the cycle of poverty? / Hailemickael Deres Mekonnen and Joaquin Cestino -- 6. Contextualizing entrepreneurship as an antidote to institutional evangelizing: "diezmo" and informal contract commissions in Mexico / Edmundo Ramírez-Pasillas and Hans Lundberg -- 7. Contextualizing universities for new venture creation: the case of family business students of Tecnologico de Monterrey in Mexico / Fernando Sandoval-Arzaga, David Xotlanihua-González, Geraldina Silveyra and Maria Fonseca-Paredes -- 8. The discursive formation of 'seriousness' in the ship canal rat race between Panama, Mexico and Nicaragua / Hans Lundberg -- Part II: Contextualizing the bottom-up driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 9. Jugaar as entrepreneurial resourcefulness / Khizran Zehra -- 10. Contextualizing entrepreneurial networks in Ethiopia: the case of the Ekubs of the Gurage ethnic group / Yaschilal Shitaye Anely -- 11. Contextualizing crowdfunding in low income countries: the case of Pakistan / Nadia Arshad -- 12. Exploring antecedents for new venture creation in Ethiopia / Yikaalo Welu Kidanemariam -- 13. Contextualizing entrepreneurial opportunity creation as an outcome of social embeddedness / Demeke Chimdessa Gutu and Jebessa Teshome Bayissa -- 14. Exploring institutional entrepreneurship in developing countries - copreneurs in the tourism industry: a Bolivian case / Maria José Parada and Alexandra Dawson -- 15. The interplay between the context and family business continuity in developing countries / Pierre Sindambiwe -- 16. Entrepreneurship in family businesses in Ethiopia / Ermias Werkilul Asfaw -- Part III: Contextualizing hybrid driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 17. Placing the Ugandan entrepreneurship paradox in context / Peter Rosa and Waswa Balunywa -- 18. Barranquilla's carnival: the place where identity meets societal entrepreneurship / Erika Arévalo -- 19. New firms' survival in Rwanda: an analysis of institutional and social contexts / Samuel Kamugisha -- 20. Daring to be different: a case of entrepreneurial stewardship in a Guatemalan family's coffee farm / Marcos Vega Solano and Allan Discua Cruz -- 21. Financial performance of family versus non-family firms in the context of an economy in turmoil: a market from 'developed' to 'emerging' / Diogenis Baboukardos and Naveed Akhter -- 22. A literature review on mixed-embeddedness for immigrant entrepreneurship: lessons for developing countries / Asres Abitie Kebede -- 23. Influences of immigrants from emerging economies and developing countries on immigrant entrepreneurship in Sweden / Quang evansluong -- 24. Epilogue - multiple embeddedness for entrepreneurship / Rodrigo Basco -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries presents us with a unique set of working attitudes, modes of thinking, social practices and processes. This book explores these characteristics, focusing on the conceptualization of entrepreneurship 'in-between'. It highlights top-down, bottom-up and hybrid initiatives as well as driving forces for entrepreneurial activities, presenting the diversity, nuances and multiplicity of facets of relevant but unexplored contexts that we need in order to expand our dominant and traditional understandings of entrepreneurship. This book examines entrepreneurship as a contextualized phenomenon from different theoretical and empirical perspectives, gathering a group of researchers with different nationalities, backgrounds and contexts to shed light on how societies with alternative paths of development trigger different entrepreneurial activities and practices. It covers geographical contexts from five continents in a novel and multifaceted analysis. Including case studies, literature reviews and discourse analysis, this book will be a valuable resource for academics and PhD students as well as programme directors in entrepreneurship, development studies and economic geography, and policymakers working with local and regional development and entrepreneurship
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: N. Akhter, E. Arévalo, D. Baboukardos, W. Balunywa, R. Basco, E. Brundin, J. Cestino, D. Chimdessa Gutu, A. Dawson, H. Deres Mekonnen, A. Discua Cruz, Q. Evansluong, M. Fonseca-Paredes, S. Kamugisha, A.A. Kebede, H. Lundberg, M. Markowska, S. Mutarindwa, M.J. Parada, E. Ramírez Pasillas, M. Ramirez Pasillas, P. Rosa, F. Sandoval-Arzaga, J.B. Shema, Y. Shitaye Anely, G. Silveyra, P. Sindambiwe, J. Teshome Bayissa, M. Vega Solano, Y. Welu Kidanemariam, E. Werkilul Asfaw, D.S. Xotlanihua-González, H. Yimam, K. Zehra
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 150
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363719
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial identity
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Identity theory ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Entrepreneurial identity : professional virtues moderate attraction and persistence / Thomas N. Duening -- 2. The entrepreneur in the age of discursive reproduction : whence comes entrepreneurial identity? / Rebecca Gill -- 3. Visualizing Bill Gates and Richard Branson as comic book heroes : an examination of the role of cartoon and caricature in the parodization of the entrepreneurial persona / Robert Smith and David Boje -- 4. Entrepreneurial identity and motivation / Blake Mathias -- 5. Learning to become entrepreneurial : fostering entrepreneurial identity & habits / Karen Williams-Middleton and Anne Donnellon -- 6. Teaching the aspiring entrepreneur / Matthew L. Metzger -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is an academic discipline that, despite decades of growth in research and teaching activity lacks a traditionally distinct or common pedagogy. In this book, editors Thomas N. Duening and Matthew L. Metzger explore entrepreneurial identity as a new basis upon which curricula can be constructed for aspiring entrepreneurs. Critically, this perspective is based on the insight that there is a fundamental difference between venture development and entrepreneur development. Unfortunately, most current interventions for aspiring entrepreneurs focus on the former at the expense of the latter. The editors have collected work from an international team of authors with diverse views on how identity theory applies to entrepreneur development. Chapters focus primarily on macro-level identity issues (that is, how do these entrepreneurial archetypes form, persist, and sometimes change) or micro-level identity issues (that is, how can educators and resource providers identify, communicate, and incentivize identity construction among aspiring entrepreneurs). This book provides a general theoretical background and offers numerous suggestions for application and further research. One example of this is the 'For Further Reading' feature at the end of each chapter which is perfect for assisting those who want to delve deeper into various topics. This essential resource will be of interest to researchers, resource providers and students alike
    Note: Contributors include: D. Boje, A. Donnellon, T.N. Duening, R. Gill, B. Mathias, M.L. Metzger, R. Smith, K. Williams-Middleton , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 151
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786432797
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Universities and the entrepreneurial ecosystem
    Keywords: Universitäre Forschung ; Forschungskooperation ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship Social aspects ; Business incubators ; Entrepreneurship ; University-based new business enterprises ; Electronic books ; Universität ; Investitionspolitik ; Wissens- und Technologietransfer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David B. Audretsch and Albert N. Link -- Part I -- University entrepreneurship -- 1. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'U.S. Science Parks: the diffusion of an innovation and its effects on the academic missions of universities', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 21 (9), November, 1323-56 -- 2. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2005), 'Opening the ivory tower's door: an analysis of the determinants of the formation of U.S. University spin-off companies', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1106-12 -- 3. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2006), 'U.S. University Research Parks', Journal of Productivity Analysis, 25 (1), April, 43-55 -- 4. T. Taylor Aldridge and David Audretsch (2011), 'The Bayh-Dole Act and scientist entrepreneurship', research policy, 40 (8), October, 1058-67 -- 5. T. Taylor Aldridge, David Audretsch, Sameeksha Desai and Venkata Nadella (2014), 'Scientist entrepreneurship across scientific fields', Journal of Technology Transfer, 39 (6), December, 819-35 -- Part II: University technology transfer -- 6. David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann and Susanne Warning (2005), 'University spillovers and new firm location', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1113-22 -- 7. Albert N. Link, Donald S. Siegel and Barry Bozeman (2007), 'An empirical analysis of the propensity of academics to engage in informal university technology transfer', industrial and corporate change, 16 (4), August, 641-55 -- 8. Ahmed Alshumaimri, Taylor Aldridge and David B. Audretsch (2010), 'The University Technology transfer revolution in Saudi Arabia', Journal of Technology Transfer, 35 (6), December, 585-96 -- Part III: Complementary nature of university-based research -- 9. Albert N. Link and John Rees (1990), 'Firm size, university based research, and the returns to R&D', Small Business Economics, 2 (1), March, 25-31 -- 10. Zoltan J. Acs, David B. Audretsch and Maryann P. Feldman (1992), 'Real effects of academic research: comment', American Economic Review, 82 (1), March, 363-7 -- 11. David B. Audretsch and Paula E. Stephan (1996), 'Company-scientist locational links: the case of biotechnology', American Economic Review, 86 (3), June, 641-52 -- 12. Dennis Patrick Leyden and Albert N. Link (2013), 'Knowledge spillovers, collective entrepreneurship, and economic growth: the role of universities', Small Business Economics, 41 (4), December, 797-817 -- Part IV: Universities as research partners -- 13. Bronwyn H. Hall, Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'Universities as research partners', Review of Economics and Statistics, 85 (2), May, 485-91 -- 14. David B. Audretsch, Dennis P. Leyden and Albert N. Link (2012), 'Universities as research oartners', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 21 (5-6), September, 529-45 -- 15. Marco Guerzoni, T. Taylor Aldridge, David B. Audretsch and Sameeksha Desai (2014), 'A new industry creation and originality: insight from the funding sources of university patents', Research Policy, 43 (10), December, 1697-707 -- Index.
    Abstract: This book brings together leading research and scholarship on one of the newest and most compelling forces of economic growth, dynamism and innovation - entrepreneurial ecosystems. Particular emphasis is given to the role of innovation, startups, SMEs and technology transfer in shaping the entrepreneurial ecosystem, as well as its impact on firm performance and regional economic performance. From the perspectives of theory, empirical analysis and public policy, this book shows why entrepreneurial ecosystems have become the new economic superstars in the global economy. It provides explicit analysis of policies promoting entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems, and examines the link between entrepreneurial ecosystems and universities. This timely collection of research will be of interest not only to academics and scholars in economics and management, but also to thought leaders in public policy and business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 152
    ISBN: 9781783472666
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Exploring the entrepreneurial society
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Institutionenökonomik ; Gesellschaft ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftswachstum
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Entrepreneurship and formal and informal institutions -- 1. Understanding the drivers of an 'entrepreneurial' economy: Lessons from Japan and the Netherlands / Hiroyuki Okamuro, André van Stel and Ingrid Verheul -- 2. Hofstede's cultural dimensions and modes of entry into entrepreneurship / Joern H. Block and Sascha G. Walter -- 3. Entrepreneurs using regulation as a source of opportunity: a study combining quantitative and qualitative approaches / Amélie Jacquemin and Frank Janssen -- 4. Determinants of high-growth firms: why do some countries have more high-growth firms than others? / Mercedes Teruel and Gerrit de Wit -- 5. Institutions, entrepreneurship, and regional growth in Indonesia (1994-2010) / François Facchini and Subandono -- 6. Sub-national market-supporting institutions and export behaviors / Ngo Vi Dung and Frank Janssen -- Part II: Entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success -- 7. Are French industrial establishments equally sensitive to the local atmosphere? An analysis resting upon a panel of manufacturing plants over the period 2003-2010 / Nadine Levratto, Denis Carré and Luc Tessier -- 8. Labor market and successful entrepreneurship / Jean Bonnet and Nicolas Le Pape -- 9. The relationship between knowledge management and innovation level in Mexican SMEs: empirical evidence / Gonzalo Maldonado Guzman, Maria del Carmen Martinez Serna and Domingo García Perez de Lema -- Part III: Entrepreneurial behaviors -- 10. Entrepreneurial opportunity recognition and exploitation in academic spin-offs / Ugo Rizzo -- 11. Firm location choice in the new economy: exploring the role of entrepreneurial work-lifestyles of neighbourhood entrepreneurs in the business location decision / Anne Risselada and Veronique Schutjens -- 12. How to explain gender differences in self-employment ratios. Towards a socioeconomic approach / Dieter Bögenhold and Uwe Fachinger -- Part IV: Entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises -- 13. Entrepreneurship and Schumpeterian growth / Paolo E. Giordani -- 14. Venture capital contracts and the institutional theory: differences between public and private Spanish venture capital firms / Ma Camino Ramón-Llorens and Ginés Hernández-Cánovas -- 15. Exploring SME's strategic response to the financial and economic crisis: empirical evidence from Catalonia. / Eleni Papaoikonomou, Xiaoni Li and Pere Segarra -- 16. Does the financial crisis make SMEs reluctant to ask for finance in Luxembourg? / Serge Allegrezza, Leila Ben Aoun-Peltier, Anne Dubrocard and Solène Larue -- Part V: Entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes -- 17. Self-employment and independent professionals: labour market transitions and myths of entrepreneurship / Dieter Bögenhold, Jarna Heinonen and Elisa Akola -- 18. How distinct social entrepreneurship is from commercial entrepreneurship? / Alicia Rubio Bañon, Antonio Aragón Sánchez and Nuria Esteban-Lloret -- 19. Self-employed people and pension. Is old age poverty the inevitable dark side of an entrepreneurial society? / Uwe Fachinger and Anna Frankus -- Index
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is the engine of economic development, which in turn impacts the challenges facing future entrepreneurs. Understanding the development of a vivid entrepreneurial society requires attention to several interacting factors, as well as expected transversal policies provided by ministries and administrations as a whole. This timely book explores institutional, behavioral and policy issues of primary importance to seizing the entrepreneurial society. Exploring the Entrepreneurial Society collects original work from renowned scholars involved in entrepreneurship research, with theoretical and empirical contributions anchored in economics, management and sociology. The chapters are structured in five distinct parts: entrepreneurship in relation to formal and informal institutions; entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success; entrepreneurial behaviors; entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises; and entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes. By examining themes at the forefront of research interest, this book will appeal to scholars, as well as MA and PhD students, in entrepreneurship, business administration and economics. Policy makers will also be able to apply the results in a more practical context
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 153
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785362965
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for human resource management
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personnel management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: The future research agenda for HRM / Paul Sparrow and Cary Cooper -- 2. HR Strategy, structure, and architecture / Dave Lepak, Kaifeng Jiang and Robert E. Ployhart -- 3. Talent management / David G. Collings, Anthony McDonnell and John McMackin -- 4. Using a risk-optimisation lens: Maximizing talent readiness for an uncertain future. / Wayne F. Cascio, John W. Boudreau and Allan H. Church -- 5. Managing the selection and retention of human capital resources / Robert E. Ployhart and Jason Kautz -- 6. Human resource management and employee engagement / Alan M. Saks and Jamie A. Gruman -- 7. Workplace well-being: responsibilities, challenges and future directions / Susan Cartwright -- 8. Leadership models: the future research agenda for HRM / Patrick C. Flood and Johan Coetsee -- 9. Architectures of value: moving leaders beyond analytics and big data / Anthony Hesketh -- 10. HRM and productivity / Paul Sparrow and Lilian Otaye-Ebede -- 11. 'We are not creative here!' -- Creativity and innovation for non-creatives through HRM / Helen Shipton, Veronica Lin, Karin Sanders and Huadong Yang -- 12. Globalisation and human resource management / Chris Brewster, Adam Smale and Wolfgang Mayrhofer -- Index.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. This state-of-the-art book takes a forward-looking perspective on the field of Human Resource Management (HRM). Each contribution takes a view, or position, on the likely development of the HR function, and identifies interesting areas and subjects of research that would help address this future positioning. The book's expert contributors provide short and succinct reviews of 12 key topics in strategic HRM, including HR strategy and structure, talent management, selection, assessment and retention, employee engagement, workplace well-being, leadership, HR analytics, productivity, innovation, and globalisation. Each chapter identifies the strengths and gaps in our knowledge, maps out the important intellectual boundaries for their field, and outlines current and future research agendas and how these should inform practice. In examining these strategic topics the authors point to the key interfaces between the field of HRM and cognate disciplines, enabling researchers and practitioners to understand the models and theories that help tie this agenda together. Offering a comprehensive guide to current research and pioneering perspectives for future avenues of inquiry, this Research Agenda will be essential reading for academics, practitioners and researchers in the field of HRM
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 154
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368714
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in leadership studies
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Leadership in women ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I Indian women leaders -- Part I Introduction: The Indian context -- 1. Jeroo Billimoria: Social entrepreneur -- 2. Astrid Lobo Gajiwala, Ph.D.: Head, Tata Memorial Hospital Tissue Bank -- 3. Corinne Kumar: International coordinator and founder, world courts of women -- 4. Sharma Sujata, Ph.D.: Director, Tapan Rehabilitation Society -- Part II Japanese women leaders -- Part II Introduction: The Japanese context -- 5. Hisa Anan: Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co. Ltd -- 6. Nobuko Hiwasa: Retired Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co., Ltd. -- 7. Yukako Kurose: General Manager, CSR Planning Office, Teijin Ltd -- 8. Ryoko Nagata: Senior Vice President, Japan Tobacco Inc -- 9. Mieko Yoshida: retired Executive Officer and General Manager of Quality Assurance Department, R&D and Quality Assurance Division, Nisshin Seifun Group Inc -- Part III Jordanian women leaders -- Part III Introduction: The Jordanian context -- 10. Jumana Ghunaimat: Editor-in-Chief, Al Ghad Newspaper -- 11. Reem Abu Hassan, JD: Attorney at Law -- 12. Nadia Shamroukh: Chairwoman, Jordanian Women's Union -- Part IV United Kingdom women leaders -- Part IV Introduction: The United Kingdom context -- 13. Terrie Alafat, CBE: Chief Executive, Chartered Institute of Housing -- 14. Claire Jenkins: Non-Executive Director, Sports Direct International plc -- 15. Francesca Raleigh O'Connell: Founder, SculptureLondon -- 16. Professor Catherine Peckham, CBE, MD, FMedSci: Professor of Paediatric Epidemiology, University College London -- Conclusion -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: Global Women Leaders showcases narratives of women in business, nonprofit organizations and the public sector who have achieved leadership positions despite cultural obstacles and gender bias. Featuring leaders from India, Japan, Jordan and the United Kingdom, the book examines how these women have overcome challenges and served as role models in their professions. Regina Wentzel Wolfe and Patricia H. Werhane present stories of these women leaders within their unique cultural contexts. Standout features include models of feminist leadership behaviors and interrogations of the dominant paradigm of male leadership. Challenges for women in the workplace, systems thinking and various female leadership styles are also explored. The successes of the leaders featured in this book will be of interest to those in public, private and nonprofit sector organizations as well as academics and students teaching and studying feminist leadership, MBA students and entrepreneurs
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 155
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785367649
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Creating resilient economies
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Coping-Strategie ; Regionalentwicklung ; Industrie ; Welt ; Financial crises Prevention ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- Part I : The resilience of entrepreneurs, industrial sectors and cities -- 2. Strategies for resilience in entrepreneurship: building resources for small business survival after a crisis / Rachel Doern -- 3. The resilience of entrepreneurs and small business in the depths of a recessionary crisis / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- 4. Vulnerability and adaptability: Post-crisis resilience of SMEs in Denmark / Christian Kjær Monsson -- 5. Resilience, adaptation and survival in industry sectors: Remaking and remodelling of the automotive sector / Gill Bentley, David Bailey and Daniel Braithwaite -- 6. The evolution of economic resilience in cities: Re-invention versus replication / James Simmie -- 7. Path dependency, entrepreneurship, and economic resilience in resource-driven economies. Lessons from the Newfoundland offshore oil industry, Canada / Cédric Brunelle and Ben Spigel -- 8. Resilient regions and open innovation: the evolution of smart cities and civic entrepreneurship / Jennifer Clark -- Part II: The resilience of local and regional economies -- 9. Governance, civic leadership and resilience / Chay Brooks -- 10. Entrepreneurship, culture and resilience: the determinants of local development in uncertain times / Robert Huggins and Piers Thompson -- 11. The resilience of growth strategies / Lee Pugalis, Nick Gray and Alan Townsend -- 12. Local economic resilience in Italy / Paolo Di Caro -- 13. Evolutionary perspectives on economic resilience in regional development / Emil Evenhuis and Stuart Dawley -- 14. Regional resilience: the critique revisited / Huiwen Gong and Robert Hassink -- 15. Final thoughts and reflections -- Index
    Abstract: Economic resilience is an emergent field in the social sciences. In this timely book, key scholars examine how individuals, organisations, regions and nations are affected by internal and external crises, and consider how the ways in which they respond will determine their future growth path. Providing a coherent and clear narrative, Creating Resilient Economies offers a theoretical analysis of resilience and provides guidance to policymakers with regards to fostering more resilient economies and people. It adeptly illustrates how resilience thinking can offer the opportunity to re-frame economic development policy and practice and provides a clear evidence base of the cultural, economic, political and social conditions that shape the adaptability, flexibility and responsiveness to crises in their many forms. Academics and scholars across the social sciences will find this book an enlightening gateway into the subject of economic resilience. Its eminently practical approach will also benefit government policy makers interested in how localities, regions and nations can respond more effectively to crises
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 156
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786439987
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (168 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Pearce, Robert, 1943 - The development of international business
    RVK:
    Keywords: Internationale Geschäftsbeziehungen ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Auslandsinvestition ; Theorie der Unternehmung ; International business enterprises History 20th century ; International trade ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftsforschung ; Multinationales Unternehmen
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Multinationals: -- in theory and practice -- 2. From FDI to the MNE: -- Hymer and the roots of ownership advantage -- 3. From innovation to internationalisation: the product cycle model -- 4. From multi-domestic hierarchy to network hierarchy -- 5. Trade and FDI revisited: -- the role of location -- 6. Internalisation: ownership advantage as an intermediate good -- 7. The knowledge-seeking transition: -- decentralising innovation and R&D -- 8. Multinationals from emerging economies: a new challenge of practice to theory -- 9. Evaluating the multinationals: -- a coda -- Index.
    Abstract: The Development of International Business offers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century. By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the 'theoretical' and the 'practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole. Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 157
    ISBN: 9781786434432
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: European research in entrepreneurship
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The emergence of entrepreneurial behaviour
    DDC: 658.4/21
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Unternehmensgründung ; Gründungsausbildung ; Intrapreneurship ; Schweden ; Irland ; Lettland ; Italien ; Brasilien ; Malaysia ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Businesspeople Psychological aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contributions on entrepreneurial behaviour research / Susana C. Santos, Craig Mitchell, Hans Landström, Alain Fayolle and António Caetano -- Part I: The entrepreneur as an individual and the theory of planned behaviour -- 2. Connecting the literature dots: a literature review on prototypes in entrepreneurship research / Sílvia Fernandes Costa, António Caetano, Arjan J. Frederiks and Susana C. Santos -- 3. Entrepreneurial potential among individuals with different entrepreneurial experience / Susana C. Santos, António Caetano, Sílvia Fernandes Costa and Xaver Neumeyer -- 4. Individual and cultural values as psychosocial cognitive antecedents and moderators of entrepreneurial intentions / Ricardo Figueiredo Belchior and Francisco Liñan -- Part II: Entrepreneurial education -- 5. Promoting entrepreneurship in an unfavourable setting: a case study of a university programme in Malaysia / Mohd Rashan, Inmaculada Jaén and Francisco Liñan -- 6. Formal mentorship in experiential entrepreneurship education: examining conditions for entrepreneurial learning among students / Gustav Hägg and Diamanto Politis -- 7. Social loafing in student entrepreneurship teams / Roisin Lyons, Theodore Lynn and Ciarán Mac an Bhaird -- 8. Perceived learning outcomes of experiential entrepreneurship education: the case of Latvian business schools / Inna Kozlinska, Tõnis Mets and Kärt Rõigas -- Part III: Corporate entrepreneurship/entrepreneurial orientation -- 9. Assembling the puzzle: the need to assess both the internal and external side of corporate entrepreneurship / Angelo Riviezzo -- 10. Linking SME's strategic orientation and international performance: insights from an empirical investigation in Italy / Angelo Riviezzo and Antonella Garofano -- 11. Does entrepreneurial orientation matter to strategic alliances formation: the influence of entrepreneurial orientation and leaders to the success of partnerships in business / Antonio Benedito de Oliveira, Mauro José de Oliveira and Roberto Carlos Bernardes -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years entrepreneurship has become one of the most popular fields of research in management studies. As the subject has broadened, increasing attention has been paid to the behavioural aspects of different practices to identify and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities. This timely book analyses three key strands of contemporary research into entrepreneurial behaviour: intention, education and orientation. It offers novel insights that can be applied to foster entrepreneurial activities in different settings. The chapters in the book are divided into three parts. The contributors first focus on the entrepreneur as an individual and offer three innovative yet complementary approaches to entrepreneurial intentions. They go on to consider how entrepreneurial behaviour can be trained and learned, providing a much-needed theoretical anchor to pedagogical approaches in entrepreneurship. The final part covers entrepreneurial behaviour at the organizational level and expertly tackles the popular topic of entrepreneurial orientation through novel empirical studies with diverse methodologies and multiple levels of analysis. Researchers and advanced students in management and entrepreneurship will benefit from the state-of-the-art analysis and innovative approaches presented. Entrepreneurship educators and policy-makers will also find this book to be stimulating reading, where they can find suggestions for an evidence-based practice
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R.F. Belchior, A. Benedito de Oliveira Junior, R.C. Bernardes, A. Caetano, S.F. Costa, M.J. de Oliveira, A.J. Frederiks, A. Garofano, G. Hägg, I. Jaén, I. Kozlinska, F. Liñan, T. Lynn, R. Lyons, C. Mac an Bhaird, T. Mets, R. Mohd, X. Neumeyer, D. Politis, A. Riviezzo, K. Rõigas, S.C. Santos
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 158
    ISBN: 9781783479580
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Collaborative strategy
    DDC: 658/.044
    RVK:
    Keywords: Strategische Allianz ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Collaboration ; Strategic alliances (Business) ; Business networks ; Strategic planning ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Strategische Allianz
    Abstract: pt. I. Theoretical building blocks -- pt. II. Partner selection and alliance investment decisions -- pt. III. Contractual foundations of alliances -- pt. IV. Relational and behavioral aspects of alliances -- pt. V. Alliance networks and portfolios -- pt. VI. Novel collaborative relationships -- pt. VII. Consequences of inter-organizational collaboration.
    Abstract: This book provides approachable and insightful chapters that summarize state-of-the-art thinking and research on alliances and networks. Contributions by leading scholars cover foundations or fundamentals as well as frontier areas through a diverse range of perspectives. Topics include: - the theoretical foundations of collaborative strategy - firms' partner selection and investment decisions - contractual foundations of collaboration - relational and behavioral aspects of collaboration, networks and portfolios - novel collaborative relationships such as ecosystems and public-private partnerships, and the consequences of inter-organizational collaborations. For doctoral and masters students, as well as managers new to the area of collaborative strategy, this collection provides concise chapters and literature reviews that make it an invaluable resource. Business practitioners and consultants who want to learn about this area and the underlying theory will also find this book a useful reference
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Ariño, B. Arslan, N. Asgari, R.P. Bremner, S.M. Bruhs, C. Butter, S. Cabral, L. Capron, T. Chi, J. Choi, F.J. Contractor, Y. Doz, P. Dussauge, J. Dyer, K.M. Eisenhardt, D.W. Elfenbein, A. Gambardella, F. Habasche, J. Hagedoorn, D.P. Hannah, K.R. Harrigan, W. Hesterly, M.A. Hitt, W.H. Hoffmann, P. Kale, A. Keller, I. Kivleniece, T. Kretschmer, D. Lavie, S. Lazzarini, D. Li, J. Li, R. Madhavan, X. Martin, O.J. Martinez, K.J. Mayer, T. Mellewigt, L. Mesquita, A. Milakhin, W. Mitchell, K. Neumann, T. Nguyen, J.E. Oxley, C. Panico, L. Poppo, J. Prescott, B. Quélin, R. Ragozzino, J.J. Reuer, M. Rivera-Santos, A. Seth, B.S. Silverman, H. Singh, K. Singh, I. Stern, M. Stienstra, M. Sytch, S. Tallman, B. Vanneste, F. Wohlgezogen, X. Zhe, M. Zollo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 159
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786436337
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (160 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employees Abuse of ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Emotion, its function and emancipation from social control -- 3. Emancipation from emotional repression through emotion regulation -- 4. Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: Emotion is often used by organizations to manipulate and repress workers. However, this repression can have adverse psychological and social consequences for them. This book articulates the pathways through which this repression occurs, and offers emotion regulation as a tool for workers to emancipate themselves from this repression and social control. Bringing together the largely unconnected literatures on critical theory and emotion regulation, this book articulates two pathways to social control currently underexplored in management: one where the social functions of emotion are exploited, and one where discussions about emotion override its social function. The author illustrates the processes through which workers can start to 'see through' the repression, and enlist emotion regulation strategies to emancipate themselves from it. These strategies may work in the short to medium term but, in the long term, workers may eventually change jobs. If staff turnover becomes unsustainable, the organization can seek to change the social structures causing the repression of workers in the first place. Combining fresh theoretical insights with practically informed vignettes, this book will appeal to academics and students across many social science disciplines, including business studies, organization studies, cognitive change, sociology and psychology. Both practising managers and disenchanted workers will also find this an enlightening read
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 160
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363863
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on gender and leadership
    DDC: 658.4/09082
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geschlecht ; Führungsstil ; Welt ; Women executives ; Leadership Sex differences ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Diversity Management ; Weibliche Führungskraft
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / Susan R. Madsen -- Part I: Setting the stage -- 1. The current status of women leaders worldwide / Elizabeth Goryunova, Robbyn T. Scribner and Susan R. Madsen -- 2. Asilomar declaration and call to action on women and leadership : women and leadership affinity group, international leadership association -- 3. Reflections on glass : second wave feminist theorizing in a third wave feminist age? / Savita Kumra -- Part II: Advancing women & leadership theory -- 4. Creativity in theorizing for women and leadership : a multi-paradigm perspective / Julia Storberg-Walker and Kristina Natt Och Dag -- 5. Social psychological approaches to women and leadership theory / Crystal L. Hoyt and Stefanie Simon -- 6. Sociological approaches to women and leadership theory / Christy Glass and Alicia Ingersoll -- 7. Sociolinguistic approaches to gender and leadership theory / Judith Baxter -- 8. Using organizational and management science theories to understand women and leadership / Chantal Van Esch, Karlygash Assylkhan and Diana Bilimoria -- 9. No woman left behind : critical leadership development to build gender consciousness and transform organizations / Laura Bierema -- Part III: Individual motivators to lead -- 10. Women's leadership aspirations / Lynne E. Devnew, Ann M. Berghout Austin, Marlene Janzen Le Ber and Mary Shapiro -- 11. Women's leadership ambition in early careers / Ruth Sealy and Charlotte Harman -- 12. Women's leadership identity : exploring person and context in theory / Wendy Fox-Kirk, Constance Campbell and Chrys Egan -- 13. The role of purpose and calling in women's leadership experiences / Karen A. Longman and Debbie Lamm Bray -- 14. Women, leadership, and power / Katharina Pick -- 15. Using neuroscience methods to explore gender differences in leadership / Suzanne J. Peterson and Amy L. Bartels -- 16. The connection between success, choice, and leadership for women / Sarah Leberman and Jane Simmonds -- Part IV: Gender-based leadership challenges and barriers -- 17. An overview of gender-based leadership barriers / Amy B. Diehl and Leanne M. Dzubinski -- 18. Organizational processes and systems that affect women in leadership / Michelle Bligh and Ai Ito -- 19. Individual stresses and strains in the ascent to leadership : gender, work, and family / Amy E. Smith and Deneen M. Hatmaker -- 20. Gender stereotypes and unconscious bias / Deborah L. Rhode -- 21. Theorizing women leaders' negative relations with other women / Sharon Mavin, Gina Grandy and Jannine Williams -- 22. The effect of media on women and leadership / Carole Elliot and Valerie Stead -- Part V: Developing women leaders -- 23. Advancing women through developmental relationships / Wendy M. Murphy, Kerry Roberts Gibson and Kathy E. Kram -- 24. Gender differences in developmental experiences / Cathleen Clerkin and Meena S. Wilson -- 25. Women-only leadership programs : a deeper look / Mary Ellen Kassotakis -- 26. Supporting women's career development / Ronald J. Burke -- 27. Future strategies for developing women as leaders / Faith Wambura Ngunjiri and Rita A. Gardiner -- Afterword / Susan R. Madsen -- Index.
    Abstract: Although some progress has been made in recent decades in getting women into top positions in government, business and education, there are on-going, persisting challenges with efforts to improve the opportunities for women in leadership. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership comprises the latest research from the world's foremost scholars on women and leadership, exposing problems and offering both theoretical and practical solutions on how to best strengthen the impact of women around the world. The Handbook provides a brief overview of the current state of women in global leadership, explores theories (both established and emerging) focused specifically on women, and examines with both theoretical and empirical research some of the factors that influence women's motivations to lead. The authors delineate some of the most persistent barriers to women's leadership success and conclude with the latest research findings on how to best develop women leaders to improve their status worldwide. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership will appeal to scholars and advanced students in leadership and entrepreneurship. It will be essential reading for leadership coaches, practitioners and business people, particularly those who facilitate leadership programs for women
    Note: Contributors include: K. Assylkhan, A.M.B. Austin, A.L. Bartels, J. Baxter, L.L. Bierema, D. Bilimoria, M. Bligh, D.L. Bray, R.J. Burke, C. Campbell, C. Clerkin, L.E. Devnew, A.B. Diehl, L.M. Dzubinski, C. Egan, C. Elliot, W. Fox-Kirk, R.A. Gardiner, K.R. Gibson, C. Glass, E. Goryunova, G. Grandy, C. Harman, D.M. Hatmaker, C.L. Hoyt, A. Ingersoll, A. Ito, M. Janzen Le Ber, M.E. Kassotakis, K.E. Kram, S. Kumra, S. Leberman, K.A. Longman, S.R. Madsen, S. Mavin, W.M. Murphy, K. Natt Och Dag, F.W. Ngunjiri, S.J. Peterson, K. Pick, D.L. Rhode, R.T. Scribner, R. Sealy, M. Shapiro, S. Simon, A.E. Smith, V. Stead, J. Storberg-Walker, C. van Esch, J. Williams, M.S. Wilson , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 161
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781782545569
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (456 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on corporate governance and entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; KMU ; Corporate governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Corporate Governance
    Abstract: Contents: Part I Corporate governance and entrepreneurship as a research field -- 1. Corporate governance and entrepreneurship: Current states and future directions / Jonas Gabrielsson -- 2. Governance theory: Origins and implications for researching boards and governance in entrepreneurial firms / Jonas Gabrielsson and Morten Huse -- Part II Corporate governance in start-ups and early stage ventures -- 3. Advisory boards in entrepreneurial companies / Eythor Ivar Johnson -- 4. Top management team organization of high-tech venture firms: Structural arrangements and their potential consequences / Till Talaulicar -- 5. Research on board of directors in high-tech start-ups: An assessment and suggestions for future research -- Ekaterina S. Bjornali -- 6. Corporate governance in early stage high tech ventures: The impact of top management team and outside board human capital on innovation speed / Elien Vandenbroucke and Mirjam Knockaert -- 7. The effects of private equity investors on the governance of companies -- Stefano Bonini and Vincenzo Capizzi -- Part III Corporate governance in SMEs -- 8. Corporate governance practices in smaller privately held businesses - insights from the Rhine Valley region / Susanne Durst and Julia Brunold -- 9. Alliance governance in entrepreneurial firms: The influence of family control and organizational size / Daniel Pittino, Franscesca Visintin and Paola Mazzurana -- 10. Corporate governance and innovation in small entrepreneurial firms: The board chairperson's role / Daniel Yar Hamidi and Jonas Gabrielsson -- Part IV Corporate governance in fast growing firms and IPOs -- 11. An engagement theory of governance: The dynamics of governance structures in high growth, high potential firms / Teresa Nelson and Huseyin Leblebici -- 12. Founder status and defensive mechanisms at IPO: Evidence from French firms / Asma Fattoum and Frédéric Delmar -- 13. Corporate governance and accounting in small growing firms: A comparison of financial reporting and cost of debt across Gazelles and Non-Gazelles / Marita Blomkvist and Mari Paananen -- Part V Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship -- 14. Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship in different organisational forms / Elin Smith and Sven-Olof Collin -- 15. Corporate entrepreneurship in a large company - skunk works or guided evolution? / Seppo Laukkanen, Martin Lindell and Anssi Vanioki -- Index
    Abstract: Issues and challenges surrounding corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms remain relatively unexamined. The Handbook of Research on Corporate Governance and Entrepreneurship brings together leading academic experts within their specific fields to examine the most important issues surrounding corporate governance in various entrepreneurial settings, including start-ups, owner-managed firms, fast-growing firms and IPOs. The Handbook also considers how corporate governance and board leadership is associated with entrepreneurship and innovation in mature companies. Detailed chapters span a wide range of topics, methodologies and levels of analysis, all designed to contribute to advancements in the understanding of corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms. The Handbook begins with a succinct investigation into governance and entrepreneurship as a research field, followed by clearly delineated and thematic parts dedicated to different business settings. Key topics include governance in early stage, high-tech ventures and dynamics of governance structures in high-growth, high-potential firms. This innovative Handbook will provide fresh insights and unique practical perspectives for advanced students and academics in business management and entrepreneurship. Collectively, the chapters provide new insights into the topic across different organizational and geographical settings and offer guidance to practitioners and policy-makers working within these domains
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 162
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786432698
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Erickson, G. Scott New methods of market research and analysis
    Keywords: Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marketing research ; Business intelligence ; Electronic books ; Marketing ; Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marktanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Big data and marketing analytics -- 2. Exploratory research design -- 3. Descriptive research design -- 4. Causal research design -- 5. Other topics in research and analytics -- 6. Analytics 1: big data -- 7. Analytics 2: marketing analytics -- Index.
    Abstract: New Methods of Market Research and Analysis prepares readers for the new reality posed by big data and marketing analytics. While connecting to traditional research approaches such as surveys and focus groups, this book shows how new technologies and new analytical capabilities are rapidly changing the way marketers obtain and process their information. In particular, the prevalence of big data systems always monitoring key performance indicators, trends toward more research using observation or observation and communication together, new technologies such as mobile, apps, geo-locators, and others, as well as the deep analytics allowed by cheap data processing and storage are all covered and placed in context. Scott Erickson goes beyond the buzzwords to provide relevant explanations of the meaning and impact of both big data and analytics, placing them in context with traditional marketing research. His engaging subject matter focuses on the practical aspects of big data concepts, precisely defining and illustrating key concepts and providing illuminating real world examples. This approachable style enables marketers to understand what data scientists are doing with big data systems and analytics, giving them a taste of the capabilities of contemporary statistical software and its practical applications This book can be used as a supplement to a traditional marketing research text or on its own. It will serve as a key reference for graduate students and advanced undergraduates in marketing research, marketing analytics, or business intelligence courses as well as marketing professionals looking to stay up to date with current trends and have them explained in a context they understand
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 163
    ISBN: 9781784711214
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Corporate power Political aspects ; Corporations Political activity ; Corporations Political aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: Political affairs in the global domain / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom. -- 1. Building an architecture for political influence: Atlas and the transnational institutionalization of the neoliberal think tank / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. Global policy bricolage: the role of business in the World Economic Forum / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom -- 3. Policy making as collective bricolage: the role of the electricity sector in the European carbon market / Mélodie Cartel, Eva Boxenbaum, Franck Aggeri and Jean-Yves Caneill -- 4. Lobbying in practice: an ethnographic field study of public affairs consultancy / Anna Tyllström -- 5. Firms' political strategies in a new public/private environment: the Boeing case / Hervé Dumez and Alain Jeunemaître -- 6. Corporate advocacy in the internet domain: shaping policy through data visualizations? / Mikkel Flyverbom -- 7. Talking like an institution: on the gentle voices of financial giants / Anette Nyqvist -- 8. Exploring corporations' activism: predatory modus operandi and its effects on institutional field dynamics / Mar Perezts, Xavier Philippe, Sebastien Picard and Véronique Steyer -- 9. Political chocolate: branding it fairtrade / Renita Thedvall -- 10. Competitive and self-destructive market actors / Bo Rothstein -- Reflections: Leaving Flatland? Planar discourses and the search for the G-axis. / David A. Westbrook -- Index.
    Abstract: Power, Policy and Profit investigates the many ways in which corporate actors attempt to influence political activities. Through the intensified globalization of markets, the restructuring of welfare services and the accumulation of private capital, opportunities for corporate influence in politics affairs are shown to have multiplied. Bringing together different fields of global governance studies, this book addresses the rising political influence of corporate actors both nationally and internationally. Corporate influence on policy is now commonplace through lobbying, advocacy and campaign contributions; funding analysis and research; creating or adopting standards for social responsibility and shaping transparency guidelines. Key chapters show how corporations can now have leverage in broad political affairs: an activity central to the organization of markets. Power, Policy and Profit will be of great interest to students and academics of business and management, politics and governance studies. Policy professionals will find this a timely read on the complexities of corporate engagement in politics and governance
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 164
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784710927
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methods in corporate social responsibility
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Theorie ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books ; Corporate Social Responsibility ; Unternehmensethik
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David Crowther and Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part I: Methodology planning -- 1. Grounded theory in corporate social responsibility research / Vilma Žydžiūnaitė and Loreta Tauginienė -- 2. Using a mixed methods approach for corporate social responsibility research / Jane Claydon -- 3. Imperative of meta-study for research in the field of corporate social responsibility and emerging issues in corporate governance / Lukman Raimi -- 4. Ethics in the research process / David Crowther -- 5. Research methods in organization, management and management accounting: an evaluation of quantitative and qualitative approaches / Miriam Green -- 6. Methodological and epistemological perspectives in the study of corporate social responsibility in Colombia / Duván Emilio Ramírez Ospina and José Fernando Muñoz Ospina -- Part II: Quantitative methods -- 7. Game theory as a research tool for sustainability / Shahla Seifi -- 8. Key concerns in longitudinal study design / Rima Kalinauskaitė -- 9. Sampling and sampling procedures in corporate social responsibility research / Habib Zaman Khan and Md. Rashidozzaman Khan -- 10. Food deserts in British cities : comparing food access, obesity, and ethnicity in Leicester and Stoke on Trent / Hillary Shaw -- 11. The application of statistical methods in CSR research / Christopher Boachie and George K. Amoako -- 12. Regression techniques and its application in the corporate social responsibility domain: an overview / Sonali Bhattacharya, Madhvi Sethi, Abhishek Behl and V.G. Venkatesh -- Part III: Qualitative methods -- 13. Analytic autoethnography as a tool to enhance reflection, reflexivity and critical thinking in CSR research / Fernanda de Paiva Duarte -- 14. Insights regarding the applicability of semiotics to CSR communication research / Kemi C. Yekini -- 15. Ethnographic research methods in CSR research : building theory out of people's everyday life with materials, objects, practices, and symbolic constructions / Linne Marie Lauesen -- 16. Interviews as an instrument to explore management motivation for corporate social and environmental reporting / Homaira Semeen and Muhammad Azizul Islam -- 17. Participant observation as the data collection tool and its usage in the CSR researches / Ilke Oruc -- 18. Application of correspondence analysis to determinants of human resources disclosure / Esther Ortiz and José G. Clavel -- 19. The application of survey methodology in CSR research / Christopher Boachie -- 20. Content analysis method: a proposed scoring for quantitative and qualitative disclosures / Juniati Gunawan and Kumalawati Abadi -- 21. Focus groups in social accounting as a stakeholder engagement tool / Sara Moggi -- 22. A phenomenological study of moral discourse, social justice and CSR / Julia J.A. Shaw -- 23. Social network analysis in CSR research / Duygu Turker -- 24.Theoretical storytelling as meta-frame for all research methods in corporate social responsibility / Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part IV: Future research agenda -- 25. Philosophical prolegomena to all future research in CSR / Nicholas Capaldi -- 26. Beyond strategic CSR : the concept of responsibility as the foundation of ethics: political, technological and economic responsibility for the future of humanity / Jacob Dahl Rendtorff -- 27. From positivism to social constructivism: an emerging trend for CSR researchers / Martin Samy and Fiona Robertson -- Index.
    Abstract: Corporate social responsibility now touches upon most aspects of the interaction between business and society. The approaches taken to research in this area are as varied as the topics that are researched; yet this is the first book to address the whole range of methods available. This Handbook identifies the existing methods, evaluates their use and discusses the circumstances in which they might be appropriate. The design of a research project is an essential part of undertaking research, as is choosing appropriate methods for investigation and analysis. In addition, business and management research raises theoretical and practical problems that are not encountered in other fields. The chapters address this challenge over distinct parts. Part I on methodology planning is concerned with various aspects of planning the research project, including secondary data and ethics in the research process. Parts II and III outline quantitative and qualitative methods respectively, covering the vast majority of relevant approaches. Part IV provides forward-thinking guidance from experienced academics on the future directions of research in this area. Aimed specifically at researchers, this comprehensive and in-depth Handbook provides an essential resource for anyone working at the forefront of corporate social responsibility research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 165
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785367281
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of methods in leadership research
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Forschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Leadership Moral and ethical aspects ; Leadership Methodology ; Electronic books ; Führung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Chapter 1: Introduction and overview / Birgit Schyns, Pedro Neves and Rosalie Hall -- Measurement and design -- 2. Implicit measures for leadership research / SinHui Chong, Emilija Djurdjevic and Russell E. Johnson -- 3. Puppet masters in the lab: experimental methods in leadership research / Eric F. Rietzschel, Barbara Wisse and Diana Rus -- 4. Assessing leadership behavior with observational and sensor-based methods: a brief overview / Alexandra (Sasha) R. Cook and Bertolt Meyer -- 5. The contribution of sophisticated facial expression coding to leadership research / Savvas Trichas -- 6. Behavioral genetics and leadership research / Wen-Dong Li, Remus Ilies and Wei Wang -- 7. Biosensor approaches to studying leadership / Aurora J. Dixon, Jessica M. Webb and Chu-Hsiang (Daisy) Chang -- Quantitative analytic approaches -- 8. Mediation analysis in leadership studies: new developments and perspectives / Rex Kline -- 9. Person-oriented approaches to leadership: a roadmap forward / Roseanne J. Foti and Maureen E. McCusker -- 10. Multi-level issues and dyads in leadership research / Francis J. Yammarino and Janaki Gooty -- 11. A social network approach to examining leadership / Markku Jokisaari -- 12. Diary studies in leadership / Sandra Ohly and Viktoria Gochmann -- 13. Modeling leadership-related change with a growth curve approach / Rosalie J. Hall -- Qualitative methods and analytic approaches -- 14. Qualitative content analysis in leadership research: principles, process and application / Jan Schilling -- 15. Biographical methods in leadership research / Miguel Pina e Cunha, Marianne Lewis, Arménio Rego and Wendy K. Smith -- Summary -- 16. Leadership in the future, and the future of leadership research / Robert G. Lord -- 17. Authors' tips for doing top-quality research -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook brings together experts in the field of leadership to provide insights into methods for leadership research. It serves to motivate them to use new research methods to further our knowledge of the leadership field. Illustrating novel approaches to research with sample questions and applications to the field of leadership, this comprehensive and accessible Handbook covers key methodologies in leadership research today, as well as introducing methods that will be invaluable in the future. With chapters written by established leadership scholars, the Handbook of Methods in Leadership Research is arranged to cover three core areas of research: measurement and design, quantitative analytic approaches, and qualitative analytic approaches. The book provides an accessible overview and starting point to discover new methods. All chapters are well researched and provide references for those who want to delve deeper into the topics covered. The volume ends with a summary of tips for each method presented. This book will be an indispensable resource for leadership students, scholars, and practitioners alike, to inspire their future research but also to support their understanding of the quality of research carried out by others
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 166
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783473250
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (520 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Floyd, Steven W., 1950 - Handbook of middle management strategy process research
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mittleres Management ; Strategisches Management ; Middle managers ; Executives Training of ; Middle managers ; Electronic books ; Mittleres Management ; Führungskraft ; Abteilungsleiter
    Abstract: Contents: Part 1: -- The unit of analysis -- 1. The role of middle and top managers in the strategy process / Xavier Castañer and Howard Yu -- 2. Functions of the mezzanine / Anurag Sharma -- 3. Some middle managers are more influential than others: -- an approach for identifying strategic influence / Bill Wooldridge and Steven W. Floyd -- Part 2: -- Explorations of existing theory -- 4. The role of issue selling in effective strategy making / Susan J. Ashford, Madeline Ong, Gareth D. Keeves -- 5. Strategy-as-practice research on middle managers and sensemaking / Juila Balogun and Linda Rouleau -- 6. Middle managers' emotion management in strategy process / Quy Nguyen Huy and Yidi Guo -- 7. Middle managers : the lynchpins in the corporate entrepreneurship process / Donald F. Kuratko -- Part 3: -- Theoretical developments -- 8. Developing theory about the development of theory / Henry Mintzberg -- 9. Complex strategic integration at nike : strategy process and strategy-as-practice combined / Robert A. Burgelman -- 10. A conceptual framework of middle managers' strategic role flexibility / Ruifang Wang, Patrick T. Gibbons, Ciaran Heavey -- 11. Minztberg's pattern : Middle managers in polyphonic strategy process / Saku Mantere -- 12. Middle management engagement in strategic planning routines - a mindfulness perspective / Carola Wolf -- Part 4: -- Methodological alternatives -- 13. Middle management and strategy process : Toward a pluralistic theory of power / Torsten Schmid -- 14. Measuring the middle : the use of social network analysis in middle management research / David G. Cohen and Sudhir Nair -- 15. Choreographies we strategize by : using video methodology in the study of embodiment / Philip Gylfe -- Part 5: -- Empirical explorations -- 16. A psychological perspective on middle managers' strategic championing behavior / Nüfer Yasin Ates, Murat Tarakci, Yoojung Ahn, Steven W. Floyd and Bill Wooldridge -- 17. The knowledge brokering role of middle managers : the case of hybrid middle managers in a professionalalized organization / Graeme Currie and Nicola Burgess -- 18. Middle managers and corporate entrepreneurship : unpacking strategic roles and assessing performance implications / Johanna Mair -- 19. The interface of top and middle managers : taking stock and moving forward / Anneloes Raes and Koen van Vlijmen -- Index.
    Abstract: With contributions from some of the field's most influential scholars, this Handbook provides a path forward for students and researchers interested in strategy process research from a middle management perspective. This groundbreaking Handbook both reviews existing theory and explores new ground concerning key issues surrounding middle managers' influence on strategy making. Split into five distinct sections, the book explicates the unit of analysis and presents foundational theories, emerging models, cutting-edge methods, and original empirical research in strategy process research. Contributors with diverse theoretical and methodological perspectives identify and address a wide range of research issues relevant to middle managers' participation in strategy making, such as social network analysis and video methodology. Standout chapters include one on complex strategic integration by Robert A. Burgelman and one on the development of theory by Henry Mintzberg. This Handbook is a must-read for academics interested in strategy process research as it suggests novel research approaches for addressing relevant phenomena and provides an up-to-date review of the extant literature in the area
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 167
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718183
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of expatriates
    RVK:
    Keywords: Auslandsaufenthalt ; Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Geschichte ; Trend ; Aliens ; Expatriation ; Foreign workers ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Mitarbeiter ; Auslandstätigkeit ; Personalpolitik ; Auswanderin ; Auswanderer
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / J. Stewart Black -- Part I History of expatriate studies and its current state of play -- 1. Introduction : overview of early expatriate studies, 1952 to 1979 / Yvonne McNulty and Jan Selmer -- 2. The concept of business expatriates / Yvonne McNulty and Chris Brewster -- 3. Expatriates : a thematic research history / Jan Selmer -- Part II Historical and contemporary foundations of expatriate studies -- 4. Expatriate adjustment / Thomas Hippler, Arno Haslberger and Chris Brewster -- 5. Expatriate performance / Leanda Care and Ross Donohue -- 6. Expatriates to and from developed and developing countries / Lisa Clarke, Akhentoolove Corbin and Bettyjane Punnett -- 7. Global talent management : what does it mean for expatriates? / David G. Collings and Michael Isichei -- 8. Expatriates' safety and security during crisis / Anthony Fee -- Part III Types of expatriates -- 9. Self-initiated expatriates / Jan Selmer, Maike Andresen and Jean-Luc Cerdin -- 10. Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) expatriates / Ruth McPhail -- 11. Inpatriates : a review, synthesis and outlook of two decades of research / Miriam Moeller and B. Sebastian Reiche -- 12. Female expatriates : towards a more inclusive view / Kate Hutchings and Snejina Michailova -- 13. Millennial expatriates / Marian Crowley-Henry and Mary Collins -- 14. International business travellers, short-term assignees and international commuters / Liisa Mäkelä, Kati Saarenpää and Yvonne McNulty -- Part IV Expatriates in diverse communities -- 15. Military expatriates / Kelly L. Fisher -- 16. Missionary (religious) expatriates / Braam Oberholster and Cheryl Doss -- 17. Expatriate academics : an era of higher education internationalization / Jan Selmer, Jodie-Lee Trembath and Jakob Lauring -- 18. Sports expatriates / Harald Dolles and Birnir Egilsson -- 19. Expatriates in aidland : humanitarian aid and development workers and volunteers / Anthony Fee -- Part V Researching expatriates and expatriates as researchers -- 20. Methodological issues in expatriate studies and future directions / Phyllis Tharenou -- 21. Expatriate research for and with practitioners / Michael Dickmann -- 22. Case study research on expatriates / Julia Richardson -- Part VI Future directions in expatriate research -- 23. Biculturals, monoculturals, and adult third culture kids : individual differences in identities and outcomes / Kathrin J. Hanek -- 24. global families / Min Wan, Romila Singh and Margaret A. Shaffer -- 25. Publishing research on expatriates : advice for PhD. candidates and early career researchers / Jan Selmer and Yvonne McNulty -- Index
    Abstract: Constituting a comprehensive and carefully designed collection of contributions, the Research Handbook of Expatriates provides a nuanced and up-to-date discussion of expatriates. Theoretically broad and groundbreaking, it offers important and contemporary insights into emerging areas of research warranting future consideration. Drawing upon a range of perspectives from the field's most distinguished academics, contributions review the history of the literature in relation to expatriates, from the development of the expatriate construct through to the current state of research on business expatriates. Subsequent chapters progress into detailed examinations of the various types of business expatriates including LGBT, self-initiated expatriates, female assignees, inpatriates, international business travellers and commuters, and millennials. Other themes include expatriate performance, adjustment, expatriates to and from developing countries, global talent management, and expatriates' safety and security. The Research Handbook also covers expatriates in diverse communities such as education, military, missionary, sports and 'Aidland', and provides additional commentaries relating to methodological issues, research with practitioners, case studies, biculturals and ATCKs, and global families. The Research Handbook concludes with publishing advice for PhD and early career researchers. Stimulating insightful new areas of study, this collection is a must read for academics and scholars in the field of expatriate research, international management, global human resource management and business administration. It also offer a wealth of guidance for executives and recruiters along with expatriates and professionals who may expatriate
    Note: Contributors: M. Andresen, C. Brewster, L. Care, J.-L. Cerdin, L. Clarke, D. Collings, M. Collins, M. Crowley-Henry, A. Corbin, M. Dickmann, H. Dolles, R. Donohue, B. Egilsson, A. Fee, K.L. Fisher, K.J. Hanek, A. Haslberger, T. Hippler, K. Hutchings, M. Isichei, J. Lauring, L. Mäkelä, Y. McNulty, R. McPhail, S. Michailova, M. Moeller, B. Oberholster, B.J. Punnett, B.S. Reiche, J. Richardson, K. Saarenpää, J. Selmer, M. Shaffer, R. Singh, P. Tharenou, J.-L. Trembath, M. Wan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 168
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788110150
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hatum, Andrés Mastering creativity in organizations
    Keywords: Kreativität ; Lernende Organisation ; Organizational effectiveness ; Créativité dans les affaires ; Organisation de l'entreprise ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. The role of talent for organizational creativity -- 3. New ways of organizing -- 4. Human resource management as facilitator of creativity -- 5. Creative leadership and a creative organizational culture: a conceptual approach -- 6. Challenges ahead for creative firms -- Index.
    Abstract: This book identifies best practices, leadership styles, and organizational structures for the stimulation of organizational creativity. Andrés Hatum first explains what creativity means in an organizational context. He then explores the ways in which an organization can foster it, with an aim to help any company - not just companies in creative fields or industries - become an organization in which new ideas flow, new processes are developed, and new products are brought to market. In doing so, he provides scholars with a solid framework for studying and understanding the deeper meaning of creativity. Andrés Hatum's new framework for understanding organizational creativity offers examples from a rich variety of companies and situations. The book balances theory and practice for a multifaceted approach that brings its analysis into the real world. In-depth case studies include FC Barcelona, elBulli, Almodovar, and Cirque du Soleil. Managers will find case studies describing exceptional organizational creativity and practical takeaways that can be applied in their own firms. Students will find concrete analytical frameworks for thinking about creativity in organizations, and academics will find a different approach to the study of creativity, one that is grounded in practice
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 169
    ISBN: 9781781954188
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of international human resource development
    DDC: 658.3
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personalentwicklung ; Manpower policy Evaluation ; Manpower planning ; Electronic books ; Personalentwicklung ; Internationales Management
    Abstract: Contents: 1. International HRD: context, processes and people - Introduction / Thomas Garavan, Alma McCarthy and Ronan Carbery -- Part 1: context -- 2. IHRD in MNCs / Yanqing Lai, Thomas Garavan and Ronan Carbery -- 3. IHRD in international non-governmental organisations, not-for-profits and public sector / Hussain Alhejji and Thomas Garavan -- 4. IHRD in small firms and internationalising SMEs / Ciara T. Nolan -- 5.IHRD: national cultural and cross-cultural perspectives / Yanqing Lai -- 6. IHRD: international perspectives on competence and competencies / Jonathan Winterton -- 7 IHRD: investment in human capital and performance / Maura Sheehan and Valerie Shanahan -- Part 2: processes -- 8. Green IHRD, sustainability and environmental issues / Claire Valentin -- 9. IHRD and managing knowledge / Alexandre Ardichvili -- 10. IHRD, offshoring and outsourcing / Valerie Anderson and Vijay Pereira -- 11. IHRD and lean management / Meera Alagaraja -- 12. IHRD and strategic learning capability / Hanna Moon and Wendy E.A. Ruona -- 13. IHRD and virtual HRD / Elisabeth Bennett and Rochell McWhorter -- 14. IHRD, social capital and networking / Claire Gubbins -- Part 3: People development practices -- 15. IHRD: developing expatriates and inpatriates / Gary N. McLean, Junhee Kim and Oranuch (Jued) Pruetipibultham -- 16 .IHRD and global careers / Michelle Hammond, Deirdre O'Shea and Jill Pearson -- 17. IHRD and leader development / Nicholas Clarke -- 18. IHRD and developing global teams / Gary N. McLean and Sewon Kim -- 19. IHRD, diversity and inclusion / Julie Gedro -- 20. IHRD and global talent development / Andrew Bratton, Thomas Garavan, Norma D'Annunzio Green and Kirsteen Grant -- Part 4: researching IHRD -- 21. Researching IHRD: context, processes and people / Anthony McDonnell -- Index.
    Abstract: This comprehensive Handbook sets out the nature and scope of International Human Resource Development (IHRD) to advance our understanding of research and practice in the field. Drawing on expertise from a global team representing some of the field's most distinguished researchers, the Handbook explores a range of contextual, process and people development practice issues impacting IHRD research and practice. Focusing on IHRD as a distinct field of research and practice, the authors offer comprehensive coverage of a number of critical contextual dimensions that shape the IHRD goals that organisations pursue; impact the IHRD systems, policies and practices that are implemented; and influence the types of IHRD research questions that are investigated. The Handbook examines the processes or actions taken by organisations to globalise IHRD practices and discusses important people development practices that come within the scope of IHRD. By bringing together a variety of research strands and engaging in key debates while also acknowledging the emergent, dynamic and constantly evolving nature of the field, the authors of this Handbook have created an invaluable resource for academics, students, professionals and practitioners in IHRD, HRD, HRM, international management, organisational behaviour and leadership
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 170
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788111881
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: White collar crimes ; Organizational sociology ; Deviant behavior ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Convenience in white-collar crime -- 2. Economical dimension of convenience theory -- 3. Organizational dimension of convenience theory -- 4. Behavioral dimension of convenience theory -- 5. Empirical study of white-collar criminals -- 6. Student survey on convenience theory -- 7. Whistleblowers as information sources -- 8. Corporate social responsibility -- 9. Testing convenience theory -- 10. Sample of US investigation reports -- Index.
    Abstract: Ever since Sutherland coined the term 'white-collar crime', researchers have struggled to understand and explain why some individuals abuse their privileged positions of trust and commit financial crime. This book makes a novel contribution to the development of convenience theory as a framework to understand and explain 'white-collar crime'. The framework integrates well-known theories from criminology, management and other fields to explain the occurrence of offenses. It is found that autobiographies indicate a strong presence of neutralization techniques in the behavioral dimension of convenience theory, while internal investigations indicate a strong presence of organizational opportunities to commit 'white-collar crime'. Survey research, on the other hand, is found to indicate a strong belief that chief executives sometimes have the motive to commit financial crime in times of crisis, in times of great challenges, and in times of greed. The book concludes that the only feasible avenue to combat this type of crime is to make it less convenient. This book will appeal to criminology and criminal justice students at both bachelor and master levels, as well as those studying business and law. Practitioners, including consultants in global auditing firms, attorneys and police academy students will also benefit from the overview of convenience theory research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 171
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369919
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar field guides
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Field guide to leadership development
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Leadership ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Preparing for the feast: the leadership development field guide -- Part I -- Relational based approaches -- 2. A practice-based approach to developing ethically responsible leaders / Donna Ladkin -- 3. COllegiate leadership competition: an opportunity for deliberate practice on the road to expertise / Scott Allen -- 4. Going for GOLD: leadership development through a quasi-non-executive board in the SME context / Stewart Barnes, Sue Smith and Steve Kempster: -- Part II -- Narrative-based approaches -- 5. Learning to lead: biographical inquiry through Goolsby Interviews / James Campbell Quick, Keri DeCay, Navadha Modha, and John L. Goolsby: -- 6. Leadership development using the poetic voice of care ethics / Andrew Armitage -- 7. Using Greek Mythology in leadership development - the role of archetypes for self-reflection / Doris Schedlitzki, Carol Jarvis and Janice MacInnes -- 8. Tents': constructing a narrative of leadership learning / Steve Kempster -- Part III -- Artefact based approaches -- 9. Leadership artefacts: a process of storytelling within newly formed groups. / Emma Watton and Phillipa Chapman -- 10. Leadership development through videography / Jon Billsberry -- 11. Multi-ethnic, contemporary and historical puppets / Arthur Turner -- 12. Seeing beyond the usual - the social photo matrix as an experiential method of leadership development / Wadii Serhane, Sigrid Endres and Jürgen Weibler -- Part IV -- Place-based approaches -- 13. Developing the practice of framing...softly, softly catchee monkey / Fiona Kennedy and Ralph Bathurst -- Part V -- Reflections on practice -- 14. Facing the monsters: embracing liminality in leadership development / Beverley Hawkins and Gareth Edwards -- 15. Leadership exchange: contextualised learning about how leadership is accomplished and personalised leadership development / Jonathan Gosling and Simon Western -- 16. Walking with wordsworth: exploring leadership as purpose through the prelude / Steve Kempster and Simon Bainbridge -- 17. Taking action on the grand leadership challenges: 'collaboratory' as leadership development / Steve Kempster, Mary Uhl-Bien and Eric Guthey -- Index.
    Abstract: This Field Guide offers a rich variety of academic approaches to facilitate leadership development in adults. It is an invaluable resource, giving insightful worked examples linked to theory and reflective commentary. The extensive experiences of world leading exponents of leadership development are distilled into practical application for immediate use. The Editors have selected a diverse range of approaches to leadership development which demonstrate the broad platform of techniques and methods that enable leadership in individuals and organisations to flourish. This Field Guide is embedded in theoretical and academic ideas but still provides accessible and comprehensive knowledge to development teams. Key points at the end of each chapter help the reader to adopt or translate the approaches for their own organisation and industrial context. This Field Guide will be an invaluable resource for human resource specialists, learning facilitators and trainers, and faculty heads. It will also appeal to leadership academics and postgraduate students, such as Masters students in business and psychology, and those focusing on careers in human resources and education
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 172
    ISBN: 9781788110396
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (128 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Decision making ; Business enterprises ; Persons ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: The quake -- 1. Decisions -- 2. Individuals as decision makers -- 3. Organizations as decision makers -- 4. The consequences of decisions -- 5. Complex decision processes -- After the tsunami -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Decision-making is an activity in which everyone is engaged on a more or less daily basis. In this book, Karin Brunsson and Nils Brunsson explore the intricacies of decision-making for individuals and organizations. When, how and why do they make decisions? The authors identify four distinct ways of reasoning that decision makers use. The consequences of decisions vary: some promote action, others impede it, and some produce more responsibility than others. With in-depth discussions of rationality, justifications and hypocrisy, the authors show how organizational and political decision processes become over-complicated and difficult for both decision makers and external observers to understand. Decisions is a concise and easy-to-read introduction to a highly significant and intriguing topic. Based on research from several fields, it provides useful reading and essential knowledge for scholars and students throughout the social sciences and for everyone who wants to understand their own decisions and those of others
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 173
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786435781
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Climatic changes Law and legislation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / A. Averchenkova, S. Fankhauser and M. Nachmany -- Part I -- How climate change legislation comes about -- 2. The national and international drivers of climate change legislation / A. Clare, S. Fankhauser and C. Gennaioli -- 3. Climate change legislation and policy in China, the European Union and the United States / I. Neuweg and A. Averchenkova -- 4. Climate legislation in the least developing countries / M. Nachmany, A. Abeysinghe and S. Barakat -- Part II -- What climate change legislation should contain -- 5. The normative foundations of climate legislation / F. Green -- 6. Institutional aspects of climate legislation / A. Averchenkova and M. Nachmany -- 7. Good practice in low-carbon policy / A. Bowen and S. Fankhauser -- Part III -- Climate change legislation in the wider context -- 8. Climate policy at the sub-national level / I. Galarraga, E. Sainz de Murieta and Joan França -- 9. Regulating climate change in the courts / J. Setzer and M. Bangalore -- 10. Climate legislation and international commitments / A. Averchenkova and S. Matikainen -- Index.
    Abstract: A deepening understanding of the importance of climate change has caused a recent and rapid increase in the number of climate change or climate-related laws. Trends in Climate Change Legislation offers an astute analysis of the political, institutional and economic factors that have motivated this surge, placing it into context. By focusing the analysis on both developed and developing countries, the contributors offer an extensive exploration of climate change legislation, and how it has been enacted on a global scale. Vitally, they make the link between the international commitments under the Paris Agreement and their delivery at national level. Concluding that strong climate legislation is essential to give credibility to the pledges that countries made in Paris, this book identifies the key provisions that good climate laws should contain, and addresses factors that influence the passing of climate laws. This stimulating and informative book will be of particular interest to parliamentarians, policy makers and lawyers involved in areas of climate policy and environmental law. It will also appeal to students and researchers with an interest in climate change legislation
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 174
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713171
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of marketing in emerging economies
    DDC: 658.8009172/4
    Keywords: Marketing ; Konsumentenverhalten ; Schwellenländer ; Marketing ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Marketing ; Verbraucherverhalten
    Abstract: Introduction: Marketing in emerging economies / Marin Marinov -- 1. Data collection procedures equivalence in emerging economy market research / Pervez N. Ghauri and Agnieszka Chidlow -- 2. Globalization, sustainability and marketing of health care in emerging market economies : doing good while doing well / Van R. Wood -- 3. Marketing accountability in emerging economy firms / Maja Arslanagic-Kalajdzic and Vesna Žabkar -- 4. Materialistic tendencies and adolescent healthy food consumption : setting the research agenda / Nesma Ammar, Noha El-Bassiouny and Ronia Hawash -- 5. Psychobranding of emerging economy firms : building emotional connections with local consumers / G. Nicolas Kfuri -- 6. Multinational corporation retailing in emerging economies : interplays of resistance, cooperation and transmutation / Marie-Laure Baron, Ruby Roy Dholakia and Nikhilesh Dholakia -- 7. Perceived advertising intrusiveness and avoidance in emerging economies - the case of China / Dan Petrovici, Svetla Marinova and Marin Marinov -- 8. Value branding in emerging economies as a social dimension in the Indian context / S. Ramesh Kumar and Svetla Marinova -- 9. Researching country image construct in the context of emerging economies / Durdana Ozretic-Dosen, Vatroslav Skare and Zoran Krupka -- 10. Opening the black box of Russian culture in B2B relationships / Carl-Arthur Solberg and Anzhelika Osmanova -- 11. Russian consumer behaviour : in search of a balance between national uniqueness and western mainstream / Sergei Sutyrin and Irina Vorobieva -- 12. Marketing in an emerging economy : the case of marketing in the Russian e-commerce market / Maria Smirnova, Vera Rebiazina and Anna Daviy -- 13. Marketing in Bulgaria : a small emerging economy and multi-cultural markets / Vesselin Blagoev and Mihael Minkov -- 14. Diffusion of supermarkets in Bangladesh - miles to go / M. Yunus Ali and Anisur Rahman Faroque.
    Abstract: Recently, emerging economies have contributed significantly to world economic growth and output. This Research Handbook advances, synthesises and expands the hitherto sparse publications on marketing in emerging economies, investigating specific processes and requirements, as well as the consequences of conducting marketing in these challenging contexts. Addressing diverse issues from a universal as well as regional and country-specific perspective, this book sheds light on general topics such as data collection procedure equivalence and marketing accountability, in addition to exploring specific context, such as Central and Eastern Europe and India. Comparing the ways in which marketing is performed in emerging and advanced economies, the chapters explore various aspects including business-to-business marketing relationships, the role of multicultural markets in marketing and retail marketing of multinational corporations. Timely and engaging, this Research Handbook will appeal to students and scholars interested in international business and marketing in emerging economies. Business practitioners, managers and policy makers working in emerging economies will also benefit from practical guidance on improving approaches to serving customers, as well as creating conducive environments for serving customers
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: M.Y. Ali, N. Ammar, M. Arslanagić-Kalajdžić, M.-L. Baron, V. Blagoev, A. Chidlow, A. Daviy, N. Dholakia, R.R. Dholakia, N. El-Bassiouny, A.R. Faroque, P. Ghauri, R. Hawash, G.N. Kfuri, Z. Krupka, S.R. Kumar, M.A. Marinov, S.T. Marinova, M. Minkov, A. Osmanova, D. Ozretic-Dosen, D.A. Petrovici, V. Rebiazina, V. Skare, M. Smirnova, C.A. Solberg, S. Sutyrin, I. Vorobieva, V.R. Wood, V. Zabkar
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 175
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784711016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jones, Colin, 1966 - An autecological theory of the firm and its environment
    DDC: 302.3/5
    Keywords: Theorie der Unternehmung ; Ökologie ; Organisationstheorie ; Ecology ; Business enterprises Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmenstheorie ; Autökologie
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: An alternative theory of the firm -- 1. Why we need an alternative theory of the firm and its environment -- Part II: The firm and its environment -- 2. What is a firm? -- 3. What is an environment? -- 4. Modification and matching -- Part III: Explaining adaptation -- 5. The case of transferred demand and other observations -- Part IV: Towards an autecological approach -- 6. Methodological issues -- 7. Opportunities and future directions -- Index.
    Abstract: The ecological study of f ...
    Note: Includes index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 176
    ISBN: 9781785364181
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (656 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on franchising
    DDC: 658.8/708
    Keywords: Franchising ; Franchises (Retail trade) ; Electronic books ; Franchising
    Abstract: Contents: in memoriam by Patrick Kaufmann -- Foreward by Francine Lafontaine -- 1. Research contributions to understanding franchising / Frank Hoy, Rozenn Perrigot and Andrew Terry -- Part I Entrepreneurship -- 2. Managing entrepreneurial tensions in franchise systems / Anna Watson and Lola Dada -- 3. Implications of family firms in franchising / Dianne H.B. Welsh and Frank Hoy -- 4. Autonomy in franchising / Odile Streed and Gérard Cliquet -- Part II -- Organizational Forms -- 5. A multi-national investigation of dual distribution structures in franchising / Brinja Meiseberg and Thomas Ehrmann -- 6. Exploring the growth of multi-unit franchising / Benjamin Lawrence, Cyril Pietrafesa and Patrick J. Kaufmann -- 7. The relationship between initial and ongoing fees in franchising: a meta-analysis / Farhad Sadeh and Manish Kacker -- Part III regulation -- 8. Franchising hard law and soft law / Robert W. Emerson -- 9. The obligation of good faith and its role in franchise regulation / Andrew Terry, Cary Di Lernia and Rozenn Perrigot -- Part IV Franchisor/franchisee relationships -- 10. Understanding antecedents of franchisee trust / Evelien Croonen -- 11. Franchisor-franchisee relationships / Lorelle Frazer and Anthony Grace -- 12. Knowledge transfer in franchising / Nina Gorovaia -- Part V marketing -- 13. Resale price maintenance in franchising: market coverage, company-owned stores, and retailer-dependence / Robert Stassen -- 14. E-commerce opportunities and challenges for franchise chains / Rozenn Perrigot, Guy Basset and Gérard Cliquet -- Part VI Internationalization -- 15. International franchising: optimal market selection / E. Hachemi Aliouche -- 16. Internationalization of franchise networks / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Josef Windsperger -- 17. Determinants of master international franchising / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Ilan Alon -- 18. International franchising: influences of environmental uncertainty and munificence on market entry timing / Melih Madanoglu and Gary J. Castrogiovanni -- Part VII Performance -- 19. Performance in franchising networks / Magali Chaudey and Muriel Fadairo -- 20. Retail network organizational design and financial performance / Karine Picot-Coupey, Jean-Laurent Viviani and Paul Amadieu -- Part VIII Emerging Markets -- 21. Franchising in Southeast Asia: prerequisites, progress and prospects / Andrew Terry and Marko Grünhagen -- 22. Franchising in Latin America / Muriel Fadairo and Cintya Lanchimba -- 23. An exploration of franchising in Africa / Rozenn Perrigot -- 24. The entrepreneur-franchisor in an emerging economy / Audhesh Paswan, María de los Dolores Santarriaga Pineda and Francisco Carlos Soto Ramirez -- Part IX Social Franchising -- 25. An introduction to social franchising / Anita Du Toit -- 26. The social franchise model: a systems approach of the dynamics of institutions and embeddedness in social franchise formation / Fiori A. Zafeiropoulou -- Index.
    Abstract: Franchising is one of the major engines of business expansion and job creation globally. The Handbook of Research on Franchising contains original work by leading franchise scholars from around the world who offer new insights into entrepreneurial behavior, organizational forms, regulation, internationalization and other contemporary issues relating to this dynamic business strategy. The book will provide readers with a base of knowledge about the entrepreneurial opportunities and behaviors of franchisors and franchisees as well as explore the forms that franchise organizations may take, the regulation of franchise companies, how franchisors and franchisees relate to one another, the development of the franchise model, franchising in emerging markets, social franchising and more. It introduces theory and sets the agenda for future research and adds to education and practice. Practitioners will benefit from the high quality scientific research, and scholars will find exciting opportunities for contributing to the body of knowledge on a subject that has not received sufficient attention. The research contained in this book will also be of value to franchisors, franchisees, service providers and government regulators
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 177
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781783476299
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 pages)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Parallel Title: Print version Freeman, Gary P Handbook on migration and social policy
    DDC: 304.8
    Keywords: Social policy ; Emigration and immigration
    Abstract: In this comprehensive Handbook, an interdisciplinary team of distinguished scholars from the social sciences explores the connections between migration and social policy. They test conflicting claims as to the positive and negative effects of different types of migration against the experience of countries in Europe, North America, Australasia, the Middle East and South Asia, assessing arguments as to migration's impact on the financial, social and political stability and sustainability of social programs. The volume reflects the authors' curiosity about the controversy over the connection between social and cultural diversity and popular support for the welfare state. Providing timely and original chapters which both critique the existing literature as well as build on and advance theoretical understanding, the authors focus on the formal settlement and integration polices created for migrants as well as corollary state policies affecting migrants and migration. A clutch of chapters investigates the linkage between migration and trade theory, foreign direct investment, globalization, public opinion, public education and welfare programs. Chapters then deal with leading receiving states as well as India and the authors examine the regulation of migration at the subnational, national, regional and global levels. The topic of migration and security is also covered. This compelling and exhaustive review of existing scholarship and state-of -the-art original empirical analysis is essential reading for graduates and academics researching the field. In this comprehensive Handbook, an interdisciplinary team of distinguished scholars from the social sciences explores the connections between migration and social policy. They test conflicting claims as to the positive and negative effects of different types of migration against the experience of countries in Europe, North America, Australasia, the Middle East and South Asia, assessing arguments as to migration's impact on the financial, social and political stability and sustainability of social programs. The volume reflects the authors' curiosity about the controversy over the connection between social and cultural diversity and popular support for the welfare state. Providing timely and original chapters which both critique the existing literature as well as build on and advance theoretical understanding, the authors focus on the formal settlement and integration polices created for migrants as well as corollary s ...
    Abstract: Pt. I. New analytical perspectives -- pt. II. The political economy of migration -- pt. III. Trade offs between immigration and social policy -- pt. IV. Opposition to immigration, security and the limits to free movement in the European union -- pt. V. Diversity, social cohesion and support for the welfare state -- pt. VI. Migrant integration and social policy -- pt. VII. Immigrant rights vs. immigration politics
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 178
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716349
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p) , cm
    Series Statement: International law series 11
    Keywords: Human territoriality ; International law ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Jean Gottmann (1973), 'The people and their territory: the partitioning of the world', in The significance of territory, Chapter 1, Charlottesville, VA: University Press of Virginia, 1-15 -- M.N. Shaw (1982), 'Territory in international law', Netherlands Yearbook of International Law, 13, December, 61-91 -- Miles Kahler (2006), 'Territoriality and conflict in an era of globalization', in Miles Kahler and Barbara F. Walter (eds), Territoriality and conflict in an era of globalization, Chapter 1, Cambridge, UK and New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1-21, references -- Marcelo G. Kohen and Mamadou Hébié (2012), 'Territory, acquisition', in Rüdiger Wolfrum (ed.), The Max Planck Encyclopedia of Public International Law, vol. IX, Oxford, UK and New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 887-900 -- A.L.W. Munkman (1972-73), 'Adjudication and adjustment - international judicial decision and the settlement of territorial boundary disputes', British Yearbook of International Law, 46, 1-116 -- Friedrich August Freiherr von der Heydte (1935), 'Discovery, symbolic annexation and virtual effectiveness in international law', American Journal of International Law, 29 (3), July, 448-71 -- Philip C. Jessup (1928), 'The Palmas Island arbitration', American Journal of International Law, 22 (4), October, 735-52 -- Marcelo Kohen (2013), 'Original title in the light of the ICJ judgment on sovereignty over Pedra Branca/Pulau Batu Puteh, Middle Rocks and South Ledge', Journal of the History of International Law, 15 (2), 151-71 -- D.H.N. Johnson (1950), 'Acquisitive prescription in international law', British Yearbook of International Law, 27, 332-54 -- Georg Schwarzenberger (1957), 'Title to territory: response to a challenge', American Journal of International Law, 51 (2), April, 308-24 -- Roger O'Keefe (2011), 'Legal title versus Effectivies : prescription and the promise and problems of private law analogies', International community law review -- W. Lakhtine (1930), 'Rights over the Arctic', American Journal of International Law, 24 (4), October, 703-17 -- Benedetto Conforti (1986), 'Territorial claims in antarctica: a modern way to deal with an old problem', Cornell International Law Journal, 19, 249-58 -- Hans Kelsen (1956), 'Contiguity as a title to territorial sovereignty', in Walter Schätzel and Hans-Jürgen Schlochauer (eds), Rechtsfragen der Internationalen Organisation: Festschrift für Hans Wehberg zu seinem 70. Geburstag, Frankfurt-am-Main, Germany: Vittorio Klostermann, 200-210 -- Ian Brownlie (2002), 'Boundary problems and the formation of new states', in David Freestone, Surya Subedi and Scott Davidson (eds), Contemporary issues in international law: a collection of the Josephine Onoh Memorial Lectures, The Netherlands, Holland and Boston, MA: Kluwer Law International, 185-95 -- Santiago Torres Bernárdez (1994), 'The "Uti Possidetis Juris Principle" in historical perspective', in Konrad Ginther, Gerhard Hafner, Winfried Lang, Hanspeter Neuhold and Lilly Sucharipa-Behrmann and Karl Zemanek (eds), Völkerrecht zwischen normativen Anspruch und politischer Realität: Festschrift für Karl Zemanek zum 65. Geburtstag, Berlin, Germany: Duncker and Humblot, 417-37 -- Steven R. Ratner (1996), 'Drawing a better line: UTI possidetis and the borders of new states', American Journal of International Law, 90 (4), October, 590-624 -- Kaiyan Homi Kaikobad (1983), 'Some observations on the doctrine of continuity and finality of boundaries', British Yearbook of International Law, 54 (1), 119-41 -- S.K.N. Blay (1986), 'Self-determination versus territorial integrity in decolonization', New York University Journal of International Law and Politics, 18, 441-72
    Abstract: Katherine Del Mar (2013), 'The myth of remedial secession', in Duncan French (ed.), Statehood and self-determination: reconciling tradition and modernity in international law, Chapter 3, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 79-108 -- Marcelo Kohen and Mara Tignino (2013), 'Do peoples have rights in boundaries' delimitations?', in Laurence Boisson de Chazournes, Christina Leb and Mara Tignino (eds), International law and freshwater: the multiples challenges, Chapter 6, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 95-122 -- Adam Roberts (1984), 'What is military occupation?', British Yearbook of International Law, 55 (1), 249-305 -- Yehuda Z. Blum (1968), 'The missing reversioner: reflections on the status of Judea and Samaria', Israel Law Review, 3 (2), 279-301 -- Marcelo G. Kohen (2000), 'Is the notion of territorial sovereignty obsolete?', in Martin Pratt and Janet Allison-Brown (eds), Borderlands under stress, Chapter 3, Dordrecht, Germany: Kluwer Law International, 35-47 -- [13].
    Abstract: This timely research review discusses key articles dealing with the importance of territory for international law in its relationship with power, state building and globalization. The collection also analyses the evolution and scope of the law of acquisition of territory from colonial times until today, the emergence of new areas for the territorial expansion of states and border delimitation rules. Finally, the review investigates the impact of the human dimension in the way international law addresses territorial issues, particularly the individual and collective human rights, including indigenous peoples and the right to self-determination
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 179
    ISBN: 9781784717421
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Women's entrepreneurship in global and local contexts
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Weibliche Führungskräfte ; Women-owned business enterprises ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Unternehmerin ; Weibliche Führungskraft
    Abstract: 1. Introduction: women's entrepreneurship in global and local contexts / Cristina Díaz-García, Candida G. Brush, Elizabeth J. Gatewood and Friederike Welter -- Part I institutional factors explaining women entrepreneurship -- 2. The role of gendered institutional contexts in the rate and type of women's entrepreneurship across countries / John Ruiz-Arroyo, John Fuentes and John Bojica -- 3. Business and occupational crowding: implications for female entrepreneurship development and success / Ruta Aidis -- 4. Innovation and women's entrepreneurship - (why) are women entrepreneurs less innovative? / Teita Bijedić, Siegrun Brink, Kerstin Ettl, Silke Kriwoluzky, Friederike Welter -- 5. Strategies and policies influencing entrepreneurial start-up decisions: evidence from Tanzanian female entrepreneurs / Dina Nziku -- Part II meso-organsational structures and institutions influencing women entrepreneurs -- 6. The gendered contextualization of SME cooperation in urban East Africa / Malin Tillmar -- 7. Management in small firms run by women: a case study of handicraft exporters / Janina V. León -- 8. Supporting artisan communities through social entrepreneurship in Kenya: an exploration of Soko / Alanna Ford and Sarah Cooper -- 9. Empowering women through social entrepreneurship with innovative business models: cases from Turkey / Duygu Uygur, Elif Bezal Kahraman and Gonca Gunay -- 10. Financing high-growth women-owned enterprises: evidence from the United States / Susan Coleman and Alicia Robb -- Part III women entrepreneurship as embedded agency: entrepreneurial intention, firm creation and management -- 11. The entrepreneurial potential of Spanish university women based on a psychosocial model / José C. Sánchez-García & Brizeida R. Hernández-Sánchez -- 12. Entrepreneurial intention of young Lebanese students; an overview of a gender study / Laurice Alexandre -- 13. An exploration of Icelandic marketing women entrepreneurs / Guja Armansdottir, Clare Brindley, Carley Foster, Daniel Wheatley and Christopher Pich -- 14. Women entrepreneurs and performance: evidences from Italy / Michela Mari, Sara Pogessi and Luisa De Vita.
    Abstract: The phenomenon of women's entrepreneurship has gained significant momentum across the globe. Written by leading scholars from a wide range of countries, this book advances the understanding of women's entrepreneurship by drawing attention to the contexts in which they operate. It is the fifth in the series of books produced in partnership with the Diana International Research Network. In this book, expert contributors explore female potential and how entrepreneurs make decisions within a multi-layered gendered context. As a rare and current overview of women's entrepreneurship, it presents evidence of the positive impact that achieving equality in gendered institutions would have, how to facilitate meso-institutions' impact and how to foster entrepreneurship education and entrepreneurial initiative at the individual level. A crucial discussion of how women's entrepreneurship could benefit from a more comprehensive concept of innovation or implementing entrepreneurial policies focused on women is also included. With its focus on advancing knowledge about gender issues within the business realm, Women's Entrepreneurship in Global and Local Contexts will be of interest to researchers, faculty and students as well as policy-makers and practitioners
    Note: Contributors include: R. Aidis, L. Alexandre, G. Armannsdottir, T. Bijedić, A.M. Bojica, C. Brindley, S. Brink, C.G. Brush, S. Coleman, S. Cooper, L. De Vita, M. del Mar Fuentes, C. Díaz-García, K. Ettl, A. Ford, C. Foster, E.J. Gatewood, G. Gunay, B.R. Hernández-Sánchez, E.B. Kahraman, S. Kriwoluzky, J.V. León, M. Mari, D. Nziku, C. Pich, S. Poggesi, A. Robb, M. Ruiz-Arroyo, J.C. Sánchez-García, M. Tillmar, D. Uygur, F. Welter, D. Wheatley , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 180
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716844
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for entrepreneurship and context
    DDC: 338.04072
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Entrepreneurship research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: 1. The context of contextualizing contexts / Friederike Welter, William B. Gartner and Mike Wright -- 2. Understanding entrepreneurial cognitions through the lenses of context / Malin Brännback and Alan L. Carsrud -- 3. 'After' context / Chris Steyaert -- 4. Let them eat bricolage? Toward a contextualized notion of inequality of entrepreneurial opportunity / Ted Baker and E. Erin Powell -- 5. The temporal dimension of context / Stephen Lippmann and Howard E. Aldrich -- 6. Entrepreneurship in historical context: using history to develop theory and understand process / R. Daniel Wadhwani -- 7. A relational conceptualization of context and the real-time emergence of entrepreneurship processes / Denise Fletcher and Paul Selden -- 8. Theorizing entrepreneurship in context / Erik Stam -- 9. Methodological approaches towards context-sensitive entrepreneurship research / Simone Chlosta -- 10. Advancing understanding of entrepreneurial embeddedness: forms of capital, social contexts and time / Sarah Drakopoulou Dodd, Tobias Pret and Eleanor Shaw -- 11. Historical methods for contextualizing entrepreneurship research / R. Daniel Wadhwani -- 12. Narrating context / William B. Gartner -- 13. Advancing our research agenda for entrepreneurship and contexts / Friederike Welter and William B. Gartner -- 14. A reading list on entrepreneurship and contexts.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. There is growing recognition that entrepreneurship can be better understood within its context(s). This carefully designed book invites readers to take a journey: from reflecting critically on where the discussion on context and entrepreneurship stands today towards identifying future research questions and themes that deserve the attention of entrepreneurship scholars. This collection draws attention to the research challenges the entrepreneurship field faces by reviewing the many facets of contexts and by reflecting on methods and theoretical approaches that are required in order to contextualize entrepreneurship research. Written by renowned international scholars, the book's leading-edge contributions provide a thorough exploration of how to contextualize entrepreneurship research. Taking a multidisciplinary approach, comprehensive coverage of the entrepreneurship/contexts debate is included, in addition to reading lists and a chapter dedicated to advancing future research avenues. Students and academics interested in context and entrepreneurship will benefit from this far-reaching and forward-thinking book
    Note: Contributors include: H.E. Aldrich, T. Baker, M. Brännback, A.L. Carsrud, S. Chlosta, S. Drakopoulou Dodd, D. Fletcher, W.B. Gartner, S. Lippmann, E.E. Powell, T. Pret, E. Shaw, P. Selden, E. Stam, C. Steyaert, R.D. Wadhwani, F. Welter, M. Wright , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 181
    ISBN: 9781786432544
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Frontiers in European entrepreneurship
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research in Entrepreneurship and Small Business Conference (28. : 2014 : Luxemburg (Stadt)) Entrepreneurship, universities & resources
    DDC: 338/.04
    RVK:
    Keywords: Sozialwirtschaft ; Gründungsausbildung ; Ressourcenorientierter Ansatz ; Theorie-Praxis-Verhältnis ; Finnland ; Russland ; Welt ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Konferenzschrift ; Europäische Union ; Hochschule ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: 1. Introduction: Focusing on the Role of Resources and Universities in Entrepreneurship / Ulla Hytti, Robert Blackburn, Denise Fletcher and Friederike Welter -- 2. Exploring Processes and Structures in Social Entrepreneuring: A Practice-Theory Approach / Bengt Johannisson, Jan Alpenberg and Pär Strandberg -- 3. Entrepreneurship and Equity Crowdfunding: A Research Agenda / Thanh Huynh -- 4. How Business Angels Found a Way to Contribute Non-financially: A Processual Approach / Olli-Matti Nevalainen and Päivi Eriksson -- 5. Resource Flexibility, Early Internationalization and Performance / R. Işıl Yavuz, Harry Sapienza and Youngeun Chu -- 6. Overcoming the 'Smallness Challenge' in Asymmetrical Alliances / Krister Salamonsen -- 7. Evolution of the Scientrepreneur? Role Identity Construction of Science-based Entrepreneurs in Finland and in Russia / Päivi Karhunen and Irina Olimpieva -- 8. The Intention-behavior Link of Higher Education Graduates / Elina Varamäki, Sanna Joensuu-Salo and Anmari Viljamaa -- 9. Made in Liverpool : Exploring the Contribution of a University-industry Research Partnership to Innovation and Entrepreneurship / Sam Horner and Benito Giordano.
    Abstract: The role of resources is pivotal in entrepreneurship for the success of new and small ventures, though most face resource constraints. The book offers multiple perspectives on analysing and understanding the importance of resources in entrepreneurship development. Approaching the subject with both a practice-theory and research-based approach, the contributors analyse topics such as processes and structures in social entrepreneuring; entrepreneurship and equity in crowdfunding; and forming alliances with large firms to overcome resource constraints. The contributors provide evidence, for example, on how business angels can contribute more than finance to small ventures and how the flexibility of resources is important in internationalisation. Students and scholars of entrepreneurship, business and management, and other related subjects will find this book to be of interest. It will also be of use to practitioners in the field looking for practical advice
    Note: Contributors: J. Alpenberg, R. Blackburn, Y. Chu, P. Eriksson, D. Fletcher, B. Giordano, S. Horner, T. Huynh, U. Hytti, S. Joensuu-Salo, B. Johannisson, P. Karhunen, O.-M. Nevalainen, I. Olimpieva, K. Salamonsen, H. Sapienza, P. Strandberg, E. Varamäki, A. Viljamaa, F. Welter, R.I. Yavuz , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 182
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785361418
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (776 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 323
    Keywords: Electronic commerce ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Michael R. Baye and John Morgan (2001), 'Information Gatekeepers on the Internet and the Competitiveness of Homogeneous Product Markets', American Economic Review, 91 (3), June, 454-74 -- Jean-Charles Rochet and Jean Tirole (2003), 'Platform Competition in Two-Sided Markets', Journal of the European Economic Association, 1 (4), June, 990-1029 -- Bernard Caillaud and Bruno Jullien (2003), 'Chicken and Egg: Competition among Intermediation Service Providers', RAND Journal of Economics, 34 (2), Summer, 309-28 -- Mark Armstrong (2006), 'Competition in Two-Sided Markets', RAND Journal of Economics, 37 (3), Autumn, 668-91 -- Andrei Hagiu (2009), 'Two-Sided Platforms: Product Variety and Pricing Structures', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 18 (4), Winter, 1011-43 -- Gerard J. Tellis, Eden Yin and Rakesh Niraj (2009), 'Does Quality Win? Network Effects Versus Quality in High-Tech Markets', Journal of Marketing Research, XLVI (2), April, 135-49 -- Erik Brynjolfsson and Michael D. Smith (2000), 'Frictionless Commerce? A Comparison of Internet and Conventional Retailers', Management Science, 46 (4), April, 563-85 -- Michael R. Baye, John Morgan and Patrick Scholten (2004), 'Price Dispersion in the Small and in the Large: Evidence from an Internet Price Comparison Site', Journal of Industrial Economics, LII (4), December, 463-96 -- Michael R. Baye, J. Rupert J. Gatti, Paul Kattuman and John Morgan (2009), 'Clicks, Discontinuities, and Firm Demand Online', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 18 (4), Winter, 935-75 -- Glenn Ellison and Sara Fisher Ellison (2009), 'Search, Obfuscation, and Price Elasticities on the Internet', Econometrica, 77 (2), March, 427-52 -- Xavier Gabaix and David Laibson (2006), 'Shrouded Attributes, Consumer Myopia, and Information Suppression in Competitive Markets', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 121 (2), May, 505-40 -- Jennifer Brown, Tanjim Hossain and John Morgan (2010), 'Shrouded Attributes and Information Suppression: Evidence from the Field', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 125 (2), May, 859-76 -- Fiona Scott Morton, Florian Zettelmeyer and Jorge Silva-Risso (2001), 'Internet Car Retailing', Journal of Industrial Economics, XLIX (4), December, 501-19 -- Jeffrey R. Brown and Austan Goolsbee (2002), 'Does the Internet Make Markets More Competitive? Evidence from the Life Insurance Industry', Journal of Political Economy, 110 (3), June, 481-507 -- Erik Brynjolfsson, Yu (Jeffrey) Hu and Michael D. Smith (2003), 'Consumer Surplus in the Digital Economy: Estimating the Value of Increased Product Variety at Online Booksellers', Management Science, 49 (11), November, 1580-96 -- Chris Forman, Anindya Ghose and Avi Goldfarb (2009), 'Competition Between Local and Electronic Markets: How the Benefit of Buying Online Depends on Where You Live', Management Science, 55 (1), January, 47-57 -- Hal R. Varian (2007), 'Position Auctions', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 25 (6), December, 1163-78 -- Benjamin Edelman and Michael Schwarz (2010), 'Optimal Auction Design and Equilibrium Selection in Sponsored Search Auctions', American Economic Review, 100 (2), May, 597-602 -- Patrick Bajari and Ali Hortaçsu (2003), 'The Winner's Curse, Reserve Prices, and Endogenous Entry: Empirical Insights from eBay Auctions', RAND Journal of Economics, 34 (2), Summer, 329-55.
    Abstract: Paul Resnick, Richard Zeckhauser, John Swanson and Kate Lockwood (2006), 'The Value of Reputation on eBay: A Controlled Experiment', Experimental Economics, 9 (2), June, 79-101 -- Daniel Houser and John Wooders (2006), 'Reputation in Auctions: Theory, and Evidence from eBay', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 15 (2), Summer, 353-69 -- Gary E. Bolton, Elena Katok and Axel Ockenfels (2004), 'How Effective Are Electronic Reputation Mechanisms? An Experimental Investigation', Management Science, 50 (11), November, 1587-1602 -- Chrysanthos Dellarocas (2003), 'The Digitization of Word of Mouth: Promise and Challenges of Online Feedback Mechanisms', Management Science, 49 (10), October, 1407-24 -- Yan Chen, F. Maxwell Harper, Joseph Konstan and Sherry Xin Li (2010), 'Social Comparisons and Contributions to Online Communities: A Field Experiment on MovieLens', American Economic Review, 100 (4), September, 1358-98 -- Judith A. Chevalier and Dina Mayzlin (2006), 'The Effect of Word of Mouth on Sales: Online Book Reviews' Journal of Marketing Research, XLIII (3), August, 345-54 -- Rafael Rob and Joel Waldfogel (2006), 'Piracy on the High C's: Music Downloading, Sales Displacement, and Social Welfare in a Sample of College Students', Journal of Law and Economics, XLIX (1), April, 29-62 -- Felix Oberholzer-Gee and Koleman Strumpf (2007), 'The Effect of File Sharing on Record Sales: An Empirical Analysis', Journal of Political Economy, 115 (1), February, 1-42 -- Benjamin E. Hermalin and Michael L. Katz (2006), 'Privacy, Property Rights and Efficiency: The Economics of Privacy as Secrecy', Quantitative Marketing and Economics, 4 (3), September, 209-39 -- Avi Goldfarb and Catherine E. Tucker (2011), 'Privacy Regulation and Online Advertising', Management Science, 57 (1), January, 57-71 -- Josh Lerner and Jean Tirole (2002), 'Some Simple Economics of Open Source', Journal of Industrial Economics, L (2), June, 197-234.
    Abstract: This research review, written by two pioneers of e-commerce, discusses thirty of the most important papers written in the fields of economics, marketing and strategy. Topics covered include evaluation of the benefit to consumers of competition and product variety online, examination of auctions and reputational feedback mechanisms designed to mitigate informational asymmetries in online markets, and the debate on digital property rights including privacy, piracy and the open source movement. The review provides a thoughtful and accessible consideration of the subject of e-commerce, invaluable to scholars and practitioners alike
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 183
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364938
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (832 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International yearbook of industrial statistics series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Industrial statistics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I: Summary tables -- pt. II: Country tables.
    Abstract: A unique and comprehensive source of information, this book is the only international publication providing economists, planners, policymakers and business people with worldwide statistics on current performance and trends in the manufacturing sector. The Yearbook is designed to facilitate international comparisons relating to manufacturing activity and industrial development and performance. It provides data which can be used to analyse patterns of growth and related long term trends, structural change and industrial performance in individual industries. Statistics on employment patterns, wages, consumption and gross output and other key indicators are also presented
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 184
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784718534
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (336 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Emerging dynamics of sustainability in multinational enterprises
    DDC: 658/.049091724
    Keywords: International business enterprises ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I: MNES and managing sustainable business dynamics -- pt. II: Innovative strategic choices and sustainable development -- pt. III: Emerging nations and sustainable development.
    Abstract: Economic development that meets the needs of the global population without jeopardizing the capacity of future generations is a worldwide challenge for multinational enterprises (MNEs). They are expected to balance their role as global economic actors and environmental stewards in the environment in which they operate. Contributors from India, Europe and the United States offer new perspectives, contrasting US, European and emerging economies' approaches to sustainability, and how they can generate roadmaps which yield innovative solutions for one of the most contentious issues of our era. Their review suggests that the differential performance across developed and emerging economies has exposed potential weaknesses. Emerging Dynamics of Sustainability in Multinational Enterprises promotes greater emphasis on experimenting with unique local and sustainable approaches to solving problems faced by firms in, or from, emerging economies. This is a critical resource for researchers, practitioners and policy-makers concerned with sustainable development issues, and a fresh reference for graduate level students and academics focusing on corporate governance, sustainable development and ethics, as well as multinational enterprise management
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 185
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, U.K : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713492
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 414 p) , ill , cm
    Edition: 2nd edition
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Office politics Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Organizational behavior Handbooks, manuals, etc Political aspects ; Business and politics Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I. Political skill, political will, leadership and performance -- pt. Organizational politics and the social sphere -- pt. III. Between dark and bright : organizational politics in colors -- pt. IV. New frontiers : maturity, emotions and new methods.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Organizational Politics offers a broad perspective on the intriguing phenomena of power, influence and politics in the modern workplace; their meaning for individuals, groups and other organizational stakeholders; and their effect on organizational outcomes and performances. Comprising entirely of new chapters and insights, this second edition revisits the theory on organizational politics (OP) and examines its progress and changes in emphasis in recent years. This timely and informative book provides a comprehensive set of state-of-the-art studies on workplace politics based on experiences from around the world. The contributors highlight topics such as political skills, political will, politics and leadership, compensations, politics and performance, and politics and the learning climate. Students and scholars will benefit from the up-to-date collection of studies in the field of OP. This Handbook will also be of interest to practitioners and managers from public and private sectors looking for better explanations of internal processes in business
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 186
    ISBN: 9781783476503
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 356 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Capitalizing on creativity at work
    DDC: 658.3/14
    RVK:
    Keywords: Kreativität ; Kreativitätstechnik ; Personalmanagement ; Creative ability in business ; Organizational change ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I. What can we do about it as individual employees? -- pt. II. What can we do about it as teams? -- pt. III. What can we do about it as leaders? -- pt. IV. What can we do about it as organizations? -- pt. V. What can we do about it as innovation policy-makers?
    Abstract: How does one implement highly creative ideas in the workplace? Though creativity fuels modern businesses and organizations, capitalizing on creativity is still a relatively unchartered territory. The crux of this issue is explored as contributors present and analyze remedies for capitalizing on highly creative ideas. Editors Miha Škerlavaj, Matej Cerne, Anders Dysvik and Arne Carlsen have gathered a large network of contributors across four continents to craft this relevant, evidence-based and holistic text. Multiple levels, methods, approaches and perspectives are all considered while focusing on a single research question. Chapters feature a combination of research-based materials, stories and short cases to show what can be done to implement highly creative ideas in the workplace. This extremely relevant subject will be of interest to a large number of organizations worldwide that are looking to tap into the potential of highly creative and possibly useful ideas to build their competitive advantage. Specifically, management consultants in Human Resource Management, innovation, creativity, coaching, and/or leadership will find this book useful. It can also be used in Innovation Management MSc and MBA courses, executive education courses, as well as for PhD researchers and innovation management scholars
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 187
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784711153
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (400 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on employee turnover
    RVK:
    Keywords: Labor turnover ; Personnel management Methodology ; Employee turnover ; Organizational turnover ; Fluktuation
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Cary Cooper and George Saridakis -- 2. Employee turnover / Harald Dale-Olsen -- 3. Understanding and measuring employee turnover / Kevin Morrell -- 4. Two decades of employee retention, tenure and turnover / Peter Urwin and Emma Parry -- 5. Analysing, monitoring and costing labour turnover / Stephen Bevan -- 6. Employee turnover as a cost factor of organisations / Anne-Marie Mohammed, Yanqing Lai, Maria Daskalaki and George Saridakis -- 7. Inter- and intra-firm mobility of workers / Tor Eriksson -- 8. Perception of training and turnover intention / Choi Sang Long and Mikkay Wong El Leen -- 9. Compensation policy and employee turnover / Stephen Taylor -- 10. Turnover amongst Generation Y / Linda Holbeche -- 11. A role perspective on turnover intentions: examining behavioral predictors / Jui-Tang Kao and Wan-Jing April Chang -- 12. A diagnostic methodology for discovering the reasons for employee turnover using shocks and events / Justin Purl, Kathleen Hall and Rodger W. Griffeth -- 13. Quit turnover and the business cycle: a survey / Carlos Carrillo-Tudela and Melvyn Coles -- 14. Employment, turnover and career progress / Priscila Ferreira -- 15. Employee turnover and the expansion and contraction of employers / Mario Bossler and Richard Upward -- 16. High performance human resource practices and voluntary employee turnover / Inmaculada Beltrán Martín.
    Abstract: Covering the period of the financial crisis, this Research Handbook discusses the degree of importance of different driving forces on employee turnover. The discussions contribute to policy agendas on productivity, firm performance and economic growth. The contributors provide a selection of theoretical and empirical research papers that deal with aspects of employee turnover, as well as its effects on workers and firms within the current socio-economic environment. It draws on theories and evidence from economics, management, social sciences and other related disciplines. With its interdisciplinary approach, this book will appeal to a variety of students and academics in related fields. It will also be of interest to policy makers, HR experts, firm managers and other stakeholders
    Note: Contributors include: I. Beltrán Martín, S. Bevan, M. Bossler, C. Carrillo-Tudela, W.-J.A. Chang, M. Coles, H. Dale-Olsen, M. Daskalaki, T. Eriksson, P. Ferreira, R.W. Griffeth, K. Hall, L. Holbeche, J.-T. Kao, Y. Lai, C.S. Long, A.-M. Mohammed, K. Morrell, E. Parry, J. Purl, G. Saridakis, S. Taylor, R. Upward, P. Urwin, M. Wong El Leen , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 188
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781783475117
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hunt, Carianne M. Coaching for women entrepreneurs
    DDC: 650.1/082
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Frauen ; Coaching ; E-Learning ; Großbritannien ; Businesswomen Training of ; Unternehmerin ; Weibliche Führungskraft ; Coaching
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. Internal influences on women entrepreneurs -- 3. External influences on women entrepreneurs -- 4. Coaching as a technique for development -- 5. The potential of coaching for women entrepreneurs -- 6. Delivering the tailored e-coaching (TEC) programme -- 7. The impact of the TEC programme on women entrepreneurs -- 8. Entrepreneurial learning in coaching relationships -- 9. Implications for theory and practice.
    Abstract: With update-to-date reviews of the current research and literature on women's entrepreneurship, this is the first book of its kind to address entrepreneurial coaching for women as a development tool. The authors provide a theoretical, conceptual and applied perspective to explore the distinctive challenges facing this group, before discussing the implementations and outcomes of coaching programmes in an entrepreneurial setting. They conclude with strategies for future research and progress. Students and scholars of business management, entrepreneurship and gender studies will find the unique perspectives to be of interest. This book will also be useful as a tool for small business service providers, women entrepreneurs, policy makers and government officials
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 189
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785364068
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Emerging Asian economies and MNCs strategies
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Multinationales Unternehmen ; Schwellenländer ; Asien ; International business enterprises ; Asia Economic conditions ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Asien ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Wirtschaftliche Lage
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Robert Taylor -- Part I: overall overview -- 2. Emerging Asian economies and MNC strategies: a review of the literature / Bernadette Andreosso-O'Callaghan -- 3. Regional production networks in Asia - a focus on china, japan and korea / Françoise Nicolas -- 4. Selected Asian countries and the food supply chain (between food security and food safety) / Maria Bruna Zolin -- Part II: China and Chinese MNEs -- 5. A correlation of China's economic growth and trade structure induced by transaction costs / Quoqin Zhao and Sam Dzever -- 6. MNCs' offshore R&D co-location strategies: comparison of Western and Asian firms in China / Pei Yu and Jean-Louis Mucchielli -- 7. Chinese MNEs direct investment in the European Union against the background of the Euro crisis / Bernadette Andreosso-O'Callaghan and Christopher Dathe -- 8. Expatriation policies of Chinese emerging MNCs / Jacques Jaussaud and Wei Wei -- Part III: emerging MNEs from other Asian countries -- 9. The transatlantic free trade area: Asean's perspective / Utai Uprasen -- 10. Innovation performance in the small and medium enterprises of India - evidence from the food processing industry / Bhumika Gupta and Jeayaram Subramanian -- 11. The emergence of Samsung as a global ICT player / Nigel Callinan -- 12. Conclusion / Robert Taylor.
    Abstract: Analysing the role of multinational investors in emerging Asian economies and the implications for regional economic integration, this astute study examines the increasing role being played by Asian countries in the global economy. Encompassing a large number of diverse manufacturing and service sectors, this book highlights the cultural and strategic challenges faced by multinational investors in the region in which they invest. It shows that despite high rates of economic growth in Asian countries presenting multinational traders and investors with unparalleled market opportunities, there have been only tentative moves towards regional economic integration. Areas such as trade facilitation, uniform customs clearance, removal of non-tariff barriers and labour deployment issues are yet to be adequately addressed. Multifaceted and multidimensional in approach, Emerging Asian Economies and MNCs Strategies will appeal to students and scholars of Asian economies and business management in the region. Its presentation of the sociopolitical and investment environment will also prove invaluable in informing business investors targeting Southeast Asian markets
    Note: Contributors include: B. Andreosso-O'Callaghan, N. Callinan, C. Dathe, S. Dzever, W. Feng, B. Gupta, J. Jaussaud, J.-L. Mucchielli, F. Nicolas, R. Taylor, U. Uprasen, W. Wei, P. Yu, G. Zhao, B. Zolin , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 190
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717766
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Information society ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Digital transformations: an introduction / F. Xavier Olleros and Majlinda Zhegu -- Part I sectoral analyses -- 1. How online learning will transform legal education / David I. C. Thomson -- 2. The digital future of the oldest information profession / Ray Worthy Campbell -- 3. Medicine in the age of smart machines: legal liability challenges / Fazal Khan -- 4. Digital health technologies and digital data: new ways of monitoring, measuring and commodifying human bodies / Deborah Lupton -- 5. The digital disruption of banking and payment services / David Arnold and Paul Jeffery -- 6. Collaboration, participation, and transparency: the promise of digitizing academic research / Sascha Friesike and Benedikt Fecher -- 7. University libraries in the digital era / Kyle K. Courtney and Emily Kilcer -- 8. Online dating platforms: a tool for social science research / Andreas Schmitz and Doreen Zillmann -- 9. Atoms matter: the role of local 'makerspaces' in the coming digital economy / Joel West and Anne Greul -- 10. Smart cities, social capital and citizens at play: a critique and a way forward / Marcus Foth, Andrew Hudson-Smith and Dean Gifford -- Part II transversal topics -- 11. Blockchain technology: principles and applications / Marc Pilkington -- 12. 3d printing and intellectual property / Lucas Osborn -- 13. Big data and the future for privacy / Neil M. Richards and Jonathan H. King -- 14. Crowdwork, corporate social responsibility and fair labor practices / Miriam A. Cherry and Winifred R. Poster -- 15. Crowdfunding: principles, trends and issues / Stéphane Onnée and Sophie Renault -- 16. The gamification of education and business: a critical analysis and future research prospects / Amy Duvernet, Alberto Asquer and Inna Krachkovskaya -- 17. The impact of digital technologies on innovation policy / Kenji E. Kushida -- 18. Innovation policy for cloud-computing contracts / John M. Newman -- 19. Competition policy in a world of big data / Simonetta Vezzoso -- 20. A continuum of internet-based crime: how the effectiveness of cybersecurity policies varies across cybercrime types / Eric Jardine.
    Abstract: The digital transition of the world economy is now entering a phase of broad and deep societal impact. While there is one overall transition, there are many different sectoral transformations, from health and legal services to tax reports and taxi rides, as well as a rising number of transversal trends and policy issues, from widespread precarious employment and privacy concerns to market monopoly and cybercrime. This Research Handbook offers a rich and interdisciplinary synthesis of some of the recent research on the digital transformations currently under way. This comprehensive study contains chapters covering sectoral and transversal analyses, all of which are specially commissioned and include cutting-edge research. The contributions featured are global, spanning four continents and seven different countries, as well as interdisciplinary, including experts in economics, sociology, law, finance, urban planning and innovation management. The digital transformations discussed are fertile ground for researchers, as established laws and regulations, organizational structures, business models, value networks and workflow routines are contested and displaced by newer alternatives. This book will be equally pertinent to three constituencies: academic researchers and graduate students, practitioners in various industrial and service sectors and policy makers
    Note: Contributors include: D. Arnold, A. Asquer, R.W. Campbell, M.A. Cherry, K.K. Courtney, A. DuVernet, M. Foth, S. Friesike, D. Gifford, A. Hudson-Smith, E. Jardine, P. Jeffrey, F. Khan, J.H. King, I. Krachkovskaya, K.E. Kushida, D. Lupton, J.M. Newman, F.X. Ollero, S. Onnée, L. Osborn, M. Pilkington, W. Poster, S. Renault, N. Richards, A. Schmitz, D.I.C. Thomson, S. Vezzoso, J.L. West, M. Zhegu, D. Zillmann , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 191
    ISBN: 9781784716066
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The social enterprise zoo
    DDC: 361.765
    Keywords: Sozialwirtschaft ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Forward / Dana Brakman-Reiser -- Preface / Dennis R. Young, Elizabeth A.M. Searing, and Cassady V. Brewer -- Part I: concepts and content -- 1. Introduction / Dennis R. Young and Cassady V. Brewer -- 2. Designing the zoo / Dennis R. Young and Wesley Longhofer -- 3. The ongoing evolution in social enterprise legal forms / Cassady V. Brewer -- Part II: how the zoo functions -- 4. Habitats in the zoo / Janelle A. Kerlin, Thema Monroe-White, and Sandy Zook -- 5. Ecologies within habitats of the zoo / Elizabeth A.M. Searing, Jesse D. Lecy, and Fredrik O. Andersson -- 6. Changes over the life cycles of social enterprise animals / Jesse Lecy and Elizabeth A.M. Searing -- Part III: managing and governing the zoo -- 7. The role of social entrepreneurs in the social enterprise zoo / Dennis R. Young and Jesse Lecy -- 8. Feeding the animals / Elizabeth A.M. Searing and Dennis R. Young -- 9. Governing the zoo / Francesca Calo and Simon Teasdale -- Part IV: performance of the zoo -- 10. Social innovation in the zoo / Thema Monroe-White and Jesse D. Lecy -- 11. Resiliency and stability of the zoo animals / Jung-In Soh, Elizabeth A.m. Searing, and Dennis R. Young -- 12. Social impact of the social enterprise zoo / John E. Tyler III -- Conclusion implications for research, policy, and practice / Dennis R. Young, Elizabeth A.M. Searing, and Cassady V. Brewer.
    Abstract: The Social Enterprise Zoo employs the metaphor of the zoo to gain a more comprehensive understanding of social enterprise: the diversity of its forms; the various ways it is organized in different socio-political environments; how different forms of enterprise behave, interact, and thrive; and what lessons can be drawn for the future development and study of organizations that seek to balance social or environmental impact with economic success. After setting the stage with a thorough introduction, top scholars explore the different ways that social enterprises can be classified, nurtured, and understood. The book not only details the legal forms utilized in social enterprise and the social entrepreneurs involved in them, but it also addresses the reasons for the success or failure of these activities and looks at the ecologies in which they operate. The "zookeepers," such as governments and the regulatory regimes they establish, are compared and the important roles they play are examined. The volume concludes with a look at the future of social enterprise, providing suggestions for further research and implications for policy and practice. This innovative and accessible book is recommended for students, researchers, policymakers, entrepreneurs and managers of social purpose organizations
    Note: Contributors include: F.O. Andersson, D. Brakman-Reiser, C.V. Brewer, F. Calo, J.A. Kerlin, J.D. Lecy, W. Longhofer, T. Monroe-White, E.A.M. Searing, J.-I. Soh, S. Teasdale, J.E. Tyler III, D.R. Young, S. Zook , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 192
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784710880
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Rural tourism ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Preface -- 1. Marketing rural tourism: experience and enterprise -- 2. Re-imagining rurality -- 3. The politics of place marketing -- 4. Rural firms -- 5. Tourists in rural settings -- 6. Rural residents and tourism -- 7. Evaluating the future.
    Abstract: Rural tourism marketing is a subject that remains significantly under-researched. Gunjan Saxena seeks to encourage a fuller understanding of rural tourism marketing by uncovering the lived experiences and enterprise of different actor groups as they respond to the impact of tourism on their communities and cultural identities. Marketing Rural Tourism presents actor narratives to reveal nuances inherent in their practices and perceptions as they develop, support or oppose tourism in their locality. By focusing on actors' experience and enterprise involved in the ongoing production, consumption and marketing of rural landscapes for tourism, this book enables an insight into varied storylines that underlie the processes of place-making. Academics in the area of marketing and tourism, as well as development studies, will appreciate the contribution this book will make to the wider marketing discourse that circulates about rural destinations. The book will also be a valuable resource to undergraduate students looking to incorporate fresh conceptual insights into their projects, as well as postgraduate students looking to apply newer approaches to conceptualising tourism or place marketing
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 193
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716042
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Shepherd, Dean A., 1967 - Decision making in entrepreneurship
    DDC: 658.4/03
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Entscheidung ; Conjoint-Analyse ; Entrepreneurship Decision making ; Electronic books
    Abstract: In this volume, Dean Shepherd focuses on the varying topics of entrepreneurship unified through conjoint analysis. Although the topic of entrepreneurial decision making is broad, in doing so, he reveals the mechanisms that come into play during the entrepreneurial decision-making process. Scholars of entrepreneurship and organizational behavior will find this collection an essential resource for understanding how decision making is achieved in entrepreneurial settings
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 194
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783474806
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (432 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on corporate social responsibility in context
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Definition ; Entwicklung ; Branche ; Religion ; Welt ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Corporate Social Responsibility
    Abstract: Preface -- Part I. background and introduction -- 1. Introduction: establishing the art of contextualizing CSR as a research area / Anders Örtenblad -- 2. Corporate social responsibility as concept and activity: an overview / Serra Görpe and Burcu Öksüz -- 3. The importance of context in understanding CSR / D. Kirk Davidson -- 4. The social context in CSR research: a contextualist approach with critical applications / Andromachi Athanasopoulou and John W. Selsky -- Part II. corporate social responsibility in context -- Section A religion/level of economic development/continent -- 5. Islamic and Buddhist perspectives of corporate social responsibility / Patsy Perry and Aini Ahmad -- 6. CSR in developed versus developing countries: a comparative glimpse / Dima Jamali and Charlotte Karam -- 7. Does diffusion cover differentiation? looking into corporate social responsibility in Asia / Patrick Reinmoeller -- Section B industry -- 8. Corporate social responsibility in food processing industry / George Michael Hall -- 9. Corporate social responsibility in shipping industry / Maria Lekakou, Ioannis Theotokas and Evangelia Stefanidaki -- 10. Corporate social responsibility in the pharmaceutical industry / Wen Li Chan, Jeremy Eng Tuck Cheah and Luiz Montanheiro -- Section C mixed contexts -- 11. Corporate social responsibility in the ready made garments industry in Bangladesh / Fara Azmat and Mohammed Ziaul Haque -- 12. Corporate social responsibility in the Greek shipping business / Irene Fafaliou and Tina Aroni -- 13. Corporate social responsibility in the Turkish pharmaceutical industry / Serra Görpe and Burcu Öksüz -- Section D specific situation -- 14. The relevance of CSR in the case of insurance firm and motorcycle gang in Norway / Petter Gottschalk -- 15. Fraud examiners in white-collar crime investigations / Petter Gottschalk -- Part III. comments and reflections -- 16. Reflections on the universality and philosophical foundations of the 'corporate social responsibility' definition / Jared M. Hansen -- 17. A comment on the use of the seven aspects of CSR / Jochen Weikert -- 18. Stages of corporate social responsibility / Petter Gottschalk -- 19. The future of CSR: towards transformative CSR, or CSR 2.0 / Wayne Visser -- 20. Against CSR: the meaning and meaninglessness of CSR in China / Shih-Wei Hsu -- 21. Conclusions, a contingency model of CSR and recommendations for further research / Anders Örtenblad.
    Abstract: Is corporate social responsibility (CSR) a universal idea? Is the same exact definition of CSR relevant for any organization, regardless of context? Or would such a definition need to be adapted to fit different types of organizations, in different cultures, industries and sectors? This book discusses how CSR should preferably be practiced. The expert authors share their knowledge on whether a broad definition of CSR can be practiced as is or if it first has to undergo changes to suit the context. The leading group of contributors argues that anyone wishing to adopt the CSR idea in their organization needs to take the context into account and, thus, find a version of CSR that fits the specific industry, sector, national culture, religion and so on, in which the organization exists. The book discusses the universality of CSR and includes a comparison of the relevance of a broad, general definition of CSR for organizations in contexts such as Buddhism and Islam, developing countries and the food processing, shipping and pharmaceutical industries. Guidelines for conducting studies on the examination of the relevance of CSR for organizations in any particular generalized context are also provided. Academics, students and practitioners involved in the fresh field of CSR will find this an essential resource
    Note: Contributors include: A. Ahmad, T. Aroni, A. Athanasopoulou, F. Azmat, W.L. Chan, J.E.-T. Cheah, D.K. Davidson, I. Fafaliou, S. Görpe, P. Gottschalk, G.M. Hall, J.M. Hansen, M. Z. Haque, S.-w. Hsu, D. Jamali, C. Karam, M. Lekakou, L. Montanheiro, B. Öksüz, A. Örtenblad, P. Perry, P. Reinmoeller, J.W. Selsky, E. Stefanidaki, I. Theotokas, W. Visser, J. Weikert , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 195
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365423
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als McQuarrie, Edward F. Visual branding
    DDC: 658.8/27
    Keywords: Markenführung ; Branding (Marketing) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Introduction -- Part I: historical perspectives on brand advertising -- 2. Overview: visual branding in historical perspective -- Part II: brand marks -- 3. A typology of brand marks -- 4. How and why brand marks vary across product categories -- 5. Rhetorical evolution of brand marks -- Part III: visual elements -- 6. Typeface in visual branding -- 7. Spokes-characters -- 8. Color -- 9. Using pictures to brand -- Epilogue: conceptual puzzles.
    Abstract: Visual Branding pulls together analyses of logos, typeface, color, and spokes-characters to give a comprehensive account of the visual devices used in branding and advertising. The book places each avenue for visual branding within a rhetorical framework that explains what that device can accomplish for the brand. It lays out the available possibilities for constructing logos and distinguishes basic types along with examples of their use and evolution over time. Authors Edward McQuarrie and Barbara Phillips place visual branding within its historical context, covering the 120-year period since brand advertising first took modern form in the United States. Using copious real-life examples to illustrate how branding has evolved with the introduction of new technologies and opportunities, the book also critiques purely psychological perspectives on branding and explains how historical and rhetorical analyses can contribute new insights. This exploration of rhetoric as an alternative to economic and psychological perspectives in marketing, advertising, and consumer scholarship will be essential reading for students and scholars in graduate programs in marketing, advertising, and consumer psychology
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 196
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783476831
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of social capital and regional development
    DDC: 338.9
    Keywords: Sozialkapital ; Regionalentwicklung ; EU-Strukturfonds ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Entrepreneurship ; Internationaler Wettbewerb ; Regional planning ; Social capital (Sociology) ; Economic development ; Human capital ; Infrastructure (Economics) ; Social capital (Sociology) ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Soziales Kapital ; Regionale Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Social capital and regional development: an introduction / Hans Westlund and Johan P. Larsson -- 2. Social capital and networks in spatial economies / Börje Johansson -- Part I aspects of entrepreneurship -- 3. Local social entrepreneurship and social capital / Niels Bosma, Veronique Schutjens and Beate Volker -- 4. Does persistence in start-up activity reflect persistence in social capital? / Michael Fritsch and Michael Wyrwich -- 5. Women's entrepreneurship and social capital / Pia Arenius and Riikka Franzén -- 6. Dealmakers in place: social capital connections in regional entrepreneurial economies / Maryann P. Feldman and Ted Douglas Zoller -- 7. Social capital and the economics of cities / Martin Andersson, Johan P. Larsson and Joakim Wernberg -- 8. Indonesian entrepreneurs in the UK: a social capital perspective on challenges and opportunities of migrant entrepreneurs / Eddy Setiawan, Dessy Irawati and Roel Rutten -- 9. Social capital, entrepreneurship and living standards: differences between migrants and the native born / Matthew Roskruge, Jacques Poot and Laura King -- Part II measurement and regional performance -- 10. The social capital of European regions / Emanuele Ferragina -- 11. Social capital and regional economic performance: a study across U.S. metropolitan statistical areas / Michael F. Thompson and Timothy F. Slaper -- 12. Social capital and income convergence in European regions / Emili Tortosa-Ausina and Jesús Peiró-Palomino -- Part III aspects of regional development -- 13. Challenges and opportunities for local development initiatives to influence social capital for health promotion purposes: theoretical and empirical support / Malin Eriksson and Maria Emmelin -- 14. Social capital and rural development in southern European regions: the case of EU-funded leader projects / Asimina Christoforou and Elena Pisani -- 15. Research on social capital and regional development in China: what has been done so far and what should be done in future? / Ailun Xiong and Yongjian Pu -- Part IV governance, strategies and planning -- 16. Social capital and regional learning governance: a Japanese perspective / Kiyoshi Kobayashi and Tsuyoshi Hatori -- 17. Clusters as a take-off for glocal strategies: the role of social capital / Bengt Johannisson, Marcela Ramirez-Pasillas and Malin Lindberg -- 18. A habermas-inspired approach to social capital in regional planning / Roger E. Bolton -- 19. Researchers' role in regional development - collaboration and social capital in Swedish higher education institutions / Maria Ljunggren.
    Abstract: The role of social capital in regional development is a multifaceted topic which is studied all over the world using various methods and across numerous disciplines. It has long been evident that social capital is important for regional development, however, it is less clear how this works in practice. Do all types of social capital have the same effects and are different kinds of regions impacted in the same way? This book is the first to offer an overview of this rapidly expanding field of research and to thoroughly analyse the complex issue of social capital and regional development. The authoritative and original chapters, written by leading scholars from around the world, combine theory and new empirical research to analyse various types of regions from metropolitan to rural. A particular focus is on entrepreneurship and the social capital of enterprises, whilst the role of social capital for modern governance and planning is also highlighted. The different components of social capital and data availability are also treated in depth. This Handbook is an ideal resource for students and scholars studying social capital, social networks, and regional growth and development. It also offers great insight for policymaker and planners in the fields of urban, regional and rural development
    Note: Contributors include: M. Andersson, P. Arenius, R.E. Bolton, N. Bosma, A. Christoforou, M. Emmelin, M. Eriksson, M.P. Feldman, E. Ferragina, R. Franzén, M. Fritsch, T. Hatori, D. Iriwati, B. Johannisson, B. Johansson, L. King, K. Kobayashi, J.P. Larsson, M. Lindberg, M. Ljunggren, J. Peiró-Palomino, E. Pisani, J. Poot, Y. Pu, M. Ramírez Pasillas, M. Roskruge, R. Rutten, V. Schutjens, E. Setiawan, T.F. Slaper, M.F. Thompson, E. Tortosa-Ausina, B. Volker, J. Wernberg, H. Westlund, M. Wyrwich, A. Xiong, T.D. Zoller , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 197
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781782547990
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The Elgar companion to Ronald H. Coase
    DDC: 330.92
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Coase, R. H. ; Coase, R. H Criticism and interpretation ; Coase, R. H. (Ronald Harry) ; Ökonomen ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Großbritannien ; USA ; Economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Coase, R. H. 1910-2013 ; Coase-Theorem
    Abstract: pt. I: Coase in context -- pt. II: Foundations : key concepts -- pt. III: Firm and organization theory -- pt. IV: Market : structure and regulation -- pt. V: Law and property rights.
    Abstract: Ronald H. Coase, one of the most innovative and provocative economists of the twentieth century, has had a lasting influence in economics, law and economics, organization theory, management and political science. In this comprehensive Companion, 31 leading economists, social scientists and legal scholars, including two Nobel Laureates, offer the first global assessment of the initial impact of Coase's work and the continuing inspiration that researchers and policy makers find in his contributions. The book presents a review of the continuing power of Coase's work, including the reshaping of public policies with particular respect to public utilities and network industries. Further chapters explore research programmes that he initiated including the concept of transaction costs and the analysis of property rights, especially in terms of the regulation of the communications industry and the creation of markets for the right to pollute. The book clearly demonstrates the originality of Coase's work and the challenge that it posed to conventional perspectives which has been a hallmark of his research throughout his life, from his initial view on the nature of the firm to his recent analysis of the development of capitalism in China. Less well-known features of Coase's research going beyond his famous papers on 'The Nature of the Firm' and 'The Problem of Social Cost' are also explored in detail. From economics to public policy, this complete and thorough assessment of Coase's vast contribution will be an invaluable reference to all those interested in the many areas influenced by this great economist
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 198
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northhampton, Mass : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784719043
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Keywords: Financial institutions ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Tabb, L. (2012), 'Written Testimony to the United States Senate Committee on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs by Larry Tabb, CEO, TABB Group', 30 September, http://www.banking.senate.gov/public/index.cfm?FuseAction=Hearings.Testimony&Hearing_ID=f8a5cef9-291d-4dd3-ad3-10b55c86d23e&Witness_ID=f52000faa2-1cfe-48a5-b373-60bde009d3a3, accessed 20 January 2013. -- Kirilenko, A.A., Kyle, A.S., Samadi, M. and Tuzun, T. (2011), 'The Flash Crash: The Impact of High Frequency Trading on an Electronic Market', http://papers.ssrn.comn/so13/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1686004, accessed 5 April 2013. -- Vigna, P. and Lauricella, T. (2012), 'Sawtooth Trading Hits Coke, IBM, McDonald's, and Apple Shares', Wall Street Journal, 19 July, http://blogs.wsj.com/marketbeat/2012/07/19/sawtooth-trading-hits-coke-ibm-mcdonalds-and-apple-shares/, accessed 25 July 2012. -- Khandani, A.E. and Lo, A.W. (2007), 'What Happened to the Quants in August 2007?', Journal of Investment Management, 5 (4), 5-54. -- Lehmann, B.N. (1990), 'Fads, Martingales, and Market Efficiency', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 105 (1), 1-28. -- Lo, A. and MacKinlay, C. (1990), 'When Are Contrarian Profits Due to Stock Market Over-reaction?', Review of Financial Studies, 3 (2), 175-205. -- Goldman Sachs Asset Management (2007), 'The Quant Liquidity Crunch', Goldman Sachs Global Quantitative Equity Group, August. Proprietary document for Goldman Sachs clients; not available to the general public. -- Rothman, M.S. (2007a), 'Turbulent Times in Quant Land', US Equity Quantitative Strategies, 9 August, Lehman Brothers Equity Research, http://dealbreaker.com/_old/images/pdrf/quant.pdf, accessed 19 August 2007. -- Rothman, M.S. (2007b), 'View from QuantLand: Where Do We Go Now?', US Equity Quantitative Strategies, Lehman Brothers Research. Proprietary document for Lehman clients only; not available to the general public. -- Rothman, M.S. (2007c), 'Rebalance of Large Cap Quant Portfolio', US Equity Quantitative Strategies, Lehman Brothers Research. Proprietary document for Lehman clients only; not available to the general public. -- Edgeworth, F.Y. (1888), 'The Mathematical Theory of Banking', Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, LI, 113-27. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Haubrich, J.G. and King, R.G. (1984), 'Banking and Insurance', Working Paper 1312, National Bureau of Economic Research. -- Orr, D. and Mellon, W.G. (1961), 'Stochastic Reserve Losses and Expansion of Bank Credit', American Economic Review, LI (4), 614-23. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Friedman, M. (1969), 'The Optimal Quantity of Money', in M. Friedman, The Optimal Quantity of Money and Other Essays, Chicago: Aldine Publishing Co., 1-50. -- Keister, T. and McAndrews, J.J. (2009), 'Why Are Banks Holding So Many Excess Reserves?', Current Issues in Economics and Finance, Federal Reserve Bank of New York, 15 (8), 1-11. -- Iley, Richard A. and Lewis, M.K. (2013), Global Finance After the Crisis: The United States, China and the New World Order, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar. -- Bank for International Settlements (2010), 'The Future of the Financial Sector', BIS80th Annual Report, Basel, Switzerland: Bank for International Settlements, 74-88. -- Gurley, J.G. and Shaw, E.S. (1960), Money in the Theory of Finance, Washington, DC: The Brookings Institution, 1995. -- Keynes, J.M. (1936), General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, London: Macmillan.
    Abstract: Leland, H.E. and Pyle, D.H. (1977), 'Information Asymmetries, Financial Structure and Financial Intermediation', Journal of Finance, 32, 371-87. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Diamond, D. (1984), 'Financial Intermediation and Delegated Monitoring', Review of Economic Studies, 51(166), 393-414. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Fama, E.F. (1985), 'What's Different About Banks?', Journal of Monetary Economics, 15, 23-39. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Arrow, K.J. (1964), 'The Role of Securities in the Optimal Allocation of Risk-Bearing', Review of Economic Studies, 31, 91-6. -- Arrow, K.J. (1974), 'Insurance, Risk and Resource Allocation', in Arrow, K.J. , Essays in the Theory of Risk-Bearing, Amsterdam: North Holland, 134-43. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Swary, I. and Udell, G.F. (1985), 'The Role of Collateral in Commercial Lending', Working Paper No. 359, Salomon Brothers Center for the Study of Financial Institutions, New York University. -- Dowd, K. (1992a), 'Models of Banking Instability: A Partial Review of the Literature', Journal of Economic Surveys, 6 (2), 107-32. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Dowd, K. (1996), Competition and Finance. A Reinterpretation of Financial and Monetary Economics, London: Macmillan. -- Modigliani, F. and Miller, M.H. (1958), 'The Cost of Capital, Corporation Finance and the Theory of Investment', American Economic Review, 48, 261-97. -- Flannery, M.J. (1985), 'A Portfolio View of Loan Selection and Pricing', in Aspinwall, R. and Eisenbeis, R. (eds), Handbook for Banking Strategy, Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley, 457-72. -- Bernanke, B. and Gertler, M. (1986), 'Banking and General Equilibrium', Discussion Paper No. 108, Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Princeton University. -- Dowd, K. (1992b), 'Optimal Financial Contracts', Oxford Economic Papers, 44, October, 672-93. -- Benink, H.A. and Llewellyn, D.T. (1994), 'Deregulation and Financial Fragility: A Case Study of the UK and Scandinavia', in Fair, D.E. and Raymond, R.J. (eds), The Competitiveness of Financial Institutions and Centres in Europe, on behalf of the Société Universitaire Européenne de Recherches Financiéres, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 443-63. -- Lewis, M.K. (1994), 'Banking on Real Estate', in Fair, D.E. and Raymond, R. (eds), The Competitiveness of Financial Institutions and Centres in Europe, on behalf of the Société Universitaire Européenne de Recherches Financiéres, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Press, 47-71. -- Lewis, M.K. (2000), 'The Next Property Cycle: A Survival Kit for Banks', in Green, B. (ed.), Risk Behaviour and Risk Management in Business Life, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 98-110. -- Bentick, B.L. and Lewis, M.K. (2004), 'Real Estate Speculation as a Source of Banking and Currency Instability: Some Different Lessons from the Asian Crisis', The Economics and Labour Relations Review, 14 (2), 256-75. -- Lewis, M.K. (2009), 'The Origins of the Sub-prime Crisis: Inappropriate Policies, Regulations, or Both?', Accounting Forum, 33 (2), 114-26. -- Calomiris, C.W. and Kahn, C. (1989), 'The Role of Demandable Debt in Structuring Optimal Banking Arrangements', mimeo, Northwestern University. -- Diamond, D. and Dybvig, P. (1983), 'Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance and Liquidity', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), 401-19. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995.
    Abstract: Jacklin, C.H. (1987), 'Demand Deposits, Trading Restrictions, and Risk Sharing', in Prescott, E.C. and Wallace, N. (eds), Contractual Arrangements for Inter-temporal Trade, Minnesota Studies in Macroeconomics, vol. 1, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 26-47. -- Wallace, N. (1988), 'Another Attempt to Explain an Illiquid Banking System: The Diamond and Dybvig Model with Sequential Service Taken Seriously', Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Quarterly Review, Fall, 3-16. -- Diamond, D. and Dybvig, P. (1986), 'Banking Theory, Deposit Insurance, and Bank Regulation', Journal of Business, 59 (1), 55-68. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- White, L.J. (1989), 'The Reform of Federal Deposit Insurance', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 3 (4), 11-29. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Litan, R. (2011), The World in Crisis: Insights from Six Shadow Financial Regulatory Committees From Around the World, Philadelphia, PA: FIC Press. -- Gorton, G. and Merrick, A. (2012), 'Securitized Banking and the Run on Repo', Journal of Financial Economics, 104 (3), 425-51. -- King, M. (2010), Banking: From Bagehot to Basel, and Back Again, New York: Buttonwood Gathering, 25 October. -- Ashcraft, A. and Schuermann, T. (2008), 'Understanding the Securitization of Subprime Mortgage Credit', Foundations and Trends in Finance, 2 (3), 191-309. -- Kacperczyk, M. and Schnabl, P. (2010), 'When Safe Proved Risky: Commercial Paper during the Financial Crisis of 2007-2009', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 24 (1), 29-50. -- Pozsar, A., Adrian, T., Ashcraft, A. and Boesky, H. (2010, revised 2012), 'Shadow Banking', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Staff Reports, no. 458. -- Mollenkamp, C. and Ng, S. (2007), 'How Wall Street Wizards Conjured Up Sub-prime's Hurricane Norma', Wall Street Journal in The Australian, 28 December, 23. -- Financial Stability Board (2013), 'Policy Framework for Strengthening Oversight and Regulation of Shadow Banking Entities', Consultative Document, Financial Stability Board, Basel, http://www.financialstabilityboard.org/publications/r_130929c.htm, accessed 20 January 2014. -- Gorton, G. (2009), 'The Subprime Panic', European Financial Management, 15 (1), 10-46. -- Nyberg, L., Persson, M. and Johansson, M.W. (2008), 'The Financial Market Turmoil: Causes and Consequences', SverigesRiksbank EconomicReview, 1, 38-48. -- Goodhart, C.A.E. (2008), 'Lessons from the Crisis for Financial Regulation: What We Need and What We Do Not Need', Review, 78, Financial Markets Group Research Centre, 3-4. -- Calomiris, C.W., Eisenbeis, R.A. and Litan, R.E. (2011), 'US Financial Crisis in the US and Beyond', in Litan, R. (ed.), The World in Crisis:Insights from Six Shadow Financial Regulatory Committees from Around the World, Philadelphia, PA: FIC Press, 32-90. -- Bord, V.M. and Santos, J.A.C. (2012), 'The Rise of the Originate-to-Distribute Model and the Role of Banks in Financial Intermediation', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 21-34. -- Cetorelli, N. and Peristiani, S. (2012), 'The Role of Banks in Asset Securitization', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 47-63. -- Mandel, B.H., Morgan, D. and Wei, C. (2012), 'The Role of Bank Credit Enhancements in Securitization', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 35-46.
    Abstract: Uren, D. (2014), 'Regulators Put Shadow Banking in the Spotlight', The Australian, 17 November, 19. -- Paletta, D. (2010), 'Volcker Shoots from the Hip', Wall Street Journal, 25-6 June, 31. -- Poole, W. (2010), 'Principles for Reform', Finance and Development, 47 (2), 28-9. -- Brennan, S., Haldane, A. and Madouros, V. (2010), 'The Contribution of the Financial Sector: Miracle or Mirage?', in The Future of Finance: The LSE Report, London School of Economics, http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/publications/speeches/2010/speech442.pdf, accessed 17November 2010. -- Zamil, S. Raihan (2009), 'Too Big to Ignore', Finance and Development, 46 (4), 41-4. -- Friedman, M. (1960), A Program for Monetary Stability, New York: Fordham University Press. -- Hart, A.G. (1935), 'The Chicago Plan of Banking Reform', Review of Economic Studies, 2, 104-16. -- Davis, B. (2010), 'Volcker Plan Gains Support as Rules are Rewritten', Wall Street Journal in The Australian, 3 May, 35. -- The Economist (2010), 'Easy-Money Riders', The Economist, 17 July, 70. -- Kotlikoff, E.J. (2010), Jimmy Stewart is Dead: Ending the World's Ongoing Financial Plague with Limited Purpose Banking, Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons. -- Goodhart, C.A.E. (1995), The Central Bank and the Financial System, London: Macmillan. -- Bradley, C., Burhouse, S., Gratton, H. and Miller, R.A. (2009), 'Federal Reserve Board Academic Consultants Meeting on Non-traditional Financial Services, 16 April 2008, FDIC Quarterly, 3 (1), http://fdic.gov/bank/analytical/quarter/;2009_vol3_1/AltFinServicesprimer.html, accessed 30 July 2012. -- Benston, G.J. (1965), 'Branch Banking and Economies of Scale', National Banking Review, 2, 507-49. -- Benston, G.J. (1968), 'Are Larger Banks More Efficient?', The Banker, 118, 605, 607, 609, 611. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Humphrey, D. (1987), 'Cost Dispersion and the Measurement of Economies in Banking', Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Review, 73 (May/June), 24-38. -- Humphrey, D.B. (1990), 'Why Do Estimates of Bank Scale Economies Differ?', Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Review, 76 (5), 38-50. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Avraham, D., Selvaggi, P. and Vickery, J. (2012), 'A Structural View of US Bank Holding Companies', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 65-81. -- Copeland, A. (2012), 'Evolution and Heterogeneity among Larger Bank Holding Companies: 1994 to 2010', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 83-93. -- Ross, S. (1973), 'The Economic Theory of Agency: The Principal's Problem', American Economic Review, 63 (2), 134-9.
    Abstract: Mirrlees, J. (1974), 'Notes on Welfare Economies, Information, and Uncertainty', in , M.S. , McFadden, D.L. and Wu, S.Y. (eds), Contributions to Economic Analysis, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 243-58. -- Mirrlees, J. (1976), 'The Optimal Structure of Incentives and Authority within an Organisation', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (1), 105-31. -- Stiglitz, J.E. (1974), 'Risk Sharing and Incentives in Sharecropping', Review of Economic Studies, 61, 219-55. -- Stiglitz, J.E. (1975), 'Incentives, Risk and Information: Notes towards a Theory of Hierarchy', Bell Journal of Economics, 6 (2), 552-79. -- Campbell, D.E. (1995), Incentives, Motivation and the Economics of Information, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- Markowitz, H.M. (1959), Portfolio Selection: Efficient Diversification of Investments, Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley. -- Harrod, R.F. (1969), Money, London: Macmillan, St Martin's Press. -- McCulley, P.A. (2007), 'Teton Reflections', Global Central Bank Focus Series, PIMCO, August/September, https://www.pimco.com/insights/economic-and-market-commentary/global-central-bank-focus/teton-reflections, accessed 20 January 2014.
    Abstract: This volume brings together some of the most important articles on the topic of financial intermediaries. Financial Intermediaries puts recent developments into an appropriate historical setting, with seminal works by Edgeworth, Arrow, Gurley, Shaw, Baumol, Tobin and Stigler combined with more recent ones by Fischer, Black, Weiss and Stiglitz
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 199
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785367779
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Transport economics, management and policy
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: National security Economic aspects ; Transportation Security measures ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Preface -- 1. Introduction -- 2. The scale and nature of the terrorist problem -- 3. Some basic economics of transportation security -- 4. Links between market structure and security -- 5. The economic instruments of security policy -- 6. Security and air transportation -- 7. The economics of shopping mall security -- 8. Maritime security -- 9. Some conclusions.
    Abstract: In this clear and observant book, Kenneth Button provides an overview of the economics and political economy of transport security, considering its policy from an economic perspective. His analysis applies micro-economic theory to transport issues, supporting and enhancing the larger framework of our knowledge about personal, industrial, and national security. Button's focus on the economic aspects of transportation security strives to move beyond established technical and legal approaches, working within both the narrower microeconomics of individual and corporate efficiency and the larger trends in economic policy-making. By fitting current security trends into economic analysis, he discusses not only contemporary developments, but also their economic implications and approaches for assessing alternative strategies. This examination of applied economics is a must-read for those looking to gain a broader view of transport security issues. It is a critical resource for those in the security industries as well as those involved in education about transport, security matters, and applied microeconomics
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 200
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785360794
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,248 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Keywords: Competition ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Lysias (c. 386 B.C.), "Against the Corn Dealers." -- Case of Monopolies (1607), 11 Coke 84b-88b. The English Reports, LXXVII, 1260-1266. -- Adam Smith (1776) An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, in Edwin Cannan (ed.), London: Methuen. -- James Madison (1787), "The Federalist No. 10," in Jacob E. Cooke (ed.) (1961), The Federalist, Middletown, CT: Wesleyan University Press, 56-65. -- Henry C. Simons (1936), "The Requisites of Free Competition," American Economic Review, Supplement, 68-76. -- Ernst-Joachim Mestmäcker (1980), "Competition Policy and Antitrust: Some Comparative Observations," Zeitschrift fuer die Gasamte Staatswissenschaft, September, 387-398. -- John Bates Clark (1900), "Trusts," Political Science Quarterly, XV (2), June, 181-195. -- Arthur T. Hadley (1887), "Private Monopolies and Public Rights," Quarterly Journal of Economics, reprinted 1961, 1, 28-44. -- Robert Liefmann (1915), "Monopoly or Competition as the Basis of a Government Trust Policy, Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXIX, 308-325. -- Richard T. Ely (1887), "The Future of Corporations," Harper's New Monthly Magazine, 75, July, 259-266. -- Alfred Marshall (1980), Some Aspects of Competition: Presidential Address Delivered to the Economic Science and Statistics Section of the British Association, at Leeds, 1890, London: Harrison and Sons, 5-35. -- Jeriamiah W. Jenks (1900), The Trust Problem, New York: McClure, Phillips & Co. -- Eliot Jones (1920), "Is Competition in Industry Ruinous," Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXXIV, 473-519. -- Kojiro Niino (1962), "The Logic of Excessive Competition - With Reference to the Japanese Inter-firm Competition," Kobe University Economic Review, 8, 51-62. -- Ruytaro Komiya (1990), The Japanese Economy: Trade, Industry, and Government, Tokyo: Tokyo University Press. -- Robert H. Bork (1966), "Legislative Intent and the Policy of the Sherman Act", Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 7-48. -- Robert H. Lande (1989), "Chicago's False Foundation: Wealth Transfers (Not Just Efficiency) Should Guide Antitrust," Antitrust Law Journal, 58, 631-644. -- Richard A. Posner (1975), "The Social Costs of Monopoly and Regulation," Journal of Political Economy, 83 (4), August, 807-827. -- William S. Comanor and Robert H. Smiley (1975), "Monopoly and the Distribution of Wealth," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXIX (2), May, 177-194.
    Abstract: James C. Miller III, Thomas F. Walton, William E. Kovacic and Jeremy A. Rabkin (1984), "Industrial Policy: Reindustrialization Through Competition or Coordinated Action?" Yale Journal on Regulation, 2 (1), 1-37. -- Kurt Bloch (1932) "On German Cartels," Journal of Business, V (3), July, 213-222. -- David B. Audretsch (1989), "Legalized Cartels in West Germany," Antitrust Bulletin, 34, Fall, 579-600. -- Klaus Stegemann (1977), "The Exemption of Specialization Agreements: As Proposed for Stage II Amendments to the Combines Investigation Act," Canadian Public Policy, 3 (4), Autumn, 533-545. -- John M. Connor and Robert H. Lande (2012), "Cartels as Rational Business Strategy: Crime Pays," Cardozo Law Review, 34 (2), 101-157. -- John M. Connor (2000), Global Price Fixing, Boston: Kluwer. -- Peter Asch and Joseph J. Seneca (1975), "Characteristics of Collusive Firms," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXIII, March, 223-237. -- James P. Cairns (1964), "Benefits from Restrictive Agreements: The British Experience," Canadian Journal of Economics and Political Science, XXX (2), May, 228-240. -- R. W. Shaw and S. A. Shaw (1983), "Excess Capacity and Rationalisation in the West European Synthetic Fibres Industry," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXII (2), December, 149-66. -- Merton J. Peck, Richard C. Levin and Akira Goto (1988), "Picking Losers: Public Policy Toward Declining Industries in Japan," in John B. Shoven (ed.), Government Policy Towards Industry in the United States and Japan, Cambridge: CUP, 195-221, 235-239. -- William H. Nicholls (1949), "The Tabacco Case of 1946," American Economic Review, XXXIX (3), May, 284-296. -- Jesse Markham (1951), "The Nature and Significance of Price Leadership," American Economic Review, XLI, December, 891-905. -- F. M. Scherer (2015), "The Federal Trade Commission, Oligopoly, and Shared Monopoly," Review of Industrial Organization, 46, 5-23. -- Charles J. Bullock (1901), "Trust Literature: A Survey and a Criticism," Quarterly Journal of Economics, XV, February, 167-217. -- F. M. Scherer (1987), "Antitrust, Efficiency, and Progress," New York University Law Review, 62 (5), November, 998-1019. -- F. M. Scherer (2011), "Standard Oil as a Technological Innovator," Review of Industrial Organization, 38, 225-233. -- George W. Stocking and Willard F. Mueller (1955), "The Cellophane Case and the New Competition," American Economic Review, XLV, March, 29-63. -- Oliver E. Williamson (1972), "Dominant Firms and the Monopoly Problem: Market Failure Considerations," Harvard Law Review, 85, June, 1512-1531. -- Erich Kaufer (1980), "The Control of the Abuse of Market Power by Market-Dominant Firms Under the German Law Against Restraints of Competition," Zeitschrift für die Gesamte Staatswissenschaft, 136 (3), September, 510-532.
    Abstract: Eleanor M. Fox (1986), "Monopolization and Dominance in the United States and the European Community: Efficiency, Opportunity, and Fairness," Notre Dame Law Review, 61 (5), 981-1020. -- F. M. Scherer (2011), "Abuse of Dominance by High Technology Enterprises: A Comparison of U.S. and E.C. Approaches," Economia e Politica Industriale (Journal of Industrial and Business Economics), March, 39-62. -- Richard E. Caves (1974), "International Trade, International Investment, and Imperfect Markets," Special Papers in International Economics No. 10, International Finance Section, Princeton University, November 1-34. -- Lester G. Telser (1966), "Cutthroat Competition and the Long Purse," Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 259-270. -- Basil S. Yamey (1972), "Predtatory Price Cutting: Notes and Comments," Journal of Law and Economics, XV (1), April, 129-42. -- Malcolm R. Burns (1986), "Predatory Pricing and the Acquisition Cost of Competitors," Journal of Political Economy, 94 (2), April 266-296. -- Phillip Areeda and Donald F. Turner (1975), "Predatory Pricing and Related Practices under Section 2 of the Sherman Act," Harvard Law Review, 88 (4), February, 697-733. -- Oliver E. Williamson (1977), "Predatory Pricing: A Strategic and Welfare Analysis," Yale Law Journal, 87 (284), December, Sections I-II, VII, 284-315, 337-340. -- William J. Baumol (1979), "Quasi-Permanence of Price Reductions: A Policy for Prevention of Predatory Pricing," Yale Law Journal, 89 (1), November 1-26. -- George J. Stigler (1950), "Monopoly and Oligopoly by Merger," American Economic Review, XL (2), May, 23-34. -- George Bittlingmayer (1985), "Did Antitrust Policy Cause the Great Merger Wave?" Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), April, 77-98, 116-118. -- Shaw Livermore (1935), "The Success of Industrial Mergers," Quarterly Journal of Economics, L, November, 68-96. -- Jürgen Müller (1976), "The Impact of Mergers on Concentration: A Study of Eleven West German Industries," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXV (2), 113-132. -- David M. Barton and Roger Sherman (1984), "The Price and Profit Effects of Horizontal Merger: A Case Study," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXIII (2), December, 165-177. -- Henry G. Manne (1965), "Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control," Journal of Political Economy, LXXIII, April, 110-120. -- Richard E. Caves (1989), "Mergers, Takeovers, and Economic Efficiency: Foresight vs. Hindsight," International Journal of Industrial Organization, 7, March, 151-174. -- Ajit Singh (1971), Take-overs: Their Relevance to the Stock Market and the Theory of the Firm, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- Oliver E. Williamson (1968), " Economies as an Antitrust Defense: The Welfare Tradeoffs," American Economic Review, LVIII, March, 18-36. -- U.S. Department of Justice Merger Guidelines (June 14 1984), 1-11, 13-15.
    Abstract: F. M. Scherer (2012), "Merger Efficiencies and Competition Policy," Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development conference paper, DAF/COMP/WD(2012). -- Alexis Jacquemin (1990), "Horizontal Concentration and European Merger Policy," European Economic Review, 34, May, 539-550. -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1981), "Market Power in Antitrust Cases," Harvard Law Review, 94 (5), March, 937-983. -- George J. Stigler and Robert A. Sherwin (1985), "The Extent of the Market," Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), October, 555-585. -- F. M. Scherer (2009), "On the Paternity of a Market Delineation Approach," American Antitrust Institute working paper 09-01, http://www.antitrustinstitute.org/content/aai-working-paper-no-09-01-paternity-market-delineation-approach. -- The Economist (2016), March, 23-28. -- William Breit and Kenneth G. Elzinga (1974), "Antitrust Enforcement and Economic Efficiency: The Uneasy Case for Treble Damages, " Journal of Law and Economics, XVII (2), October, 329-356. -- F. M. Scherer (1990), 'Sunlight and Sunset at the Federal Trade Commission', Administrative Law Review, 42 (4), Fall, 461-487. -- The Case of Monopolies', (1907), 11 Coke 84b-88b, The English Reports, LXXVII, 1260-66 -- Adam Smith, An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, in Edwin Cannan (ed.), London, Methuen, Volume I, 63-4, 124-7, 130, Volume II, 245-6 -- James Madison (1961), 'The Federalist No. 10', in Jacob E. Cooke (ed.), The Federalist, Middletown, CT; Wesleyan University Press, 56-65 -- Arthur T. Hadley (1887), 'Private Monopolies and Public Rights', Quarterly Journal of Economics, reprinted 1961, 1, 28-44 -- Richard T. Ely (1887), 'The Future of Corporations', Harper's New Monthly Magazine, 75, July, 259-66 -- Alfred Marshall (1890), Some Aspects of Competition: Presidential Address Delivered to the Economic Science and Statistics Section of the British Association, at Leeds, 1890, London: Harrison and Sons, 5-35 -- John Bates Clark (1900), 'Trusts', Political Science Quarterly, XV (2), June, 181-95 -- Henry C. Simons (1936), 'The Requisites of Free Competition', American Economic Review, XXVI (1), March (Supplement), 68-76 -- Robert Liefmann (1915), 'Monopoly or Competition as the Basis of a Government Trust Policy', Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXIX, 308-25 -- Eliot Jones (1920), 'Is Competition in Industry Ruinous', Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXXIV, 473-519 -- Kojiro Niino (1962), 'The Logic of Excessive Competition - With Reference to the Japanese Inter-firm Competition', Kobe University Economic Review, 8, 51-62.
    Abstract: Ryutaro Komiya (1990), The Japanese Economy: Trade, Industry, and Government, Tokyo: Tokyo University Press, 297-301, notes and references -- Robert H. Bork (1966), 'Legislative Intent and the Policy of the Sherman Act', Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 7-48 -- Robert H. Lande (1989), 'Chicago's False Foundation: Wealth Transfers (Not Just Efficiency) Should Guide Antitrust', Antitrust Law Journal, 58, 631-44 -- Richard A. Posner (1975), 'The Social Costs of Monopoly and Regulation', Journal of Political Economy, 83 (4), August, 807-27 -- William S. Comanor and Robert H. Smiley (1975), 'Monopoly and the Distribution of Wealth', Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXIX (2), May, 177-94 -- James C. Miller III, Thomas F. Walton, William E. Kovacic and Jeremy A. Rabkin (1984), 'Industrial Policy: Reindustrialization Through Competition or Coordinated Action?', Yale Journal on Regulation, 2 (1), 1-37 -- (1926), 'Against the Corn Dealers', Lysias, Classical Library, Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 490-503 -- Kurt Bloch Dr. (1932), 'On German Cartels', Journal of Business, V (3), July, 213-22 -- Emst-Joachim Mestmacker (1980), 'Competition Policy and Antitrust: Some Comparative Observations', Zeitschrtfi filr die Gesamte Staatswissenschaft, 136 (3), September, 387-98, 404-7 -- David B. Audretsch (1989), 'Legalized Cartels in West Germany', Antitrust Bulletin, 34, Fall, 579-600 -- Klaus Stegemann (1977), 'The Exemption of Specialization Agreements: As Proposed for Stage II Amendments to the Combines Investigation Act', Canadian Public Policy, 3 (4), Autumn, 533-45 -- James P. Cairns (1964), 'Benefits from Restrictive Agreements: The British Experience', Canadian Journal of Economics and Political Science, XXX (2), May, 228-40 -- R.W. Shaw and S.A. Shaw (1983), 'Excess Capacity and Rationalisation in the West European Synthetic Fibres Industry', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXII (2), December, 149-66 -- Merton J. Peck, Richard C. Levin and Akira Goto (1988), 'Picking Losers: Public Policy Toward Declining Industries in Japan', in John B. Shoven (ed.), Government Policy Towards Industry in the United States and Japan, Cambridge: CUP, 195-221, 235-9 -- William H. Nicholls (1949), 'The Tobacco Case of 1946', American Economic Review, XXXIX (3), May, 284-96 -- Jesse W. Markham (1951), 'The Nature and Significance of Price Leadership', American Economic Review, XLI, December, 891-905 -- Peter Asch and Joseph J. Seneca (1975), 'Characteristics of Collusive Firms', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXIII, March, 223-37 -- Charles J. Bullock (1901), 'Trust Literature: A Survey and a Criticism', Quarterly Journal of Economics, XV, February, 167-217 -- F.M. Scherer (1987), 'Antitrust, Efficiency, and Progress', New York University Law Review, 62 (5), November, 998-1019.
    Abstract: George W. Stocking and Willard F. Mueller (1955), 'The Cellophane Case and the New Competition', American Economic Review, XLV, March, 29-63 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1972), 'Dominant Firms and the Monopoly Problem: Market Failure Considerations', Harvard Law Review, 85, June, 1512-31 -- Erich Kaufer (1980), 'The Control of the Abuse of Market Power by Market-Dominant Firms Under the German Law Against Restraints of Competition', Zeitschrifi fir die Gesamte Staaiswissenschaft, 136 (3), September, 510-32 -- Eleanor M. Fox (1986), 'Monopolization and Dominance in the United States and the European Community: Efficiency, Opportunity, and Fairness', Notre Dame Law Review, 61 (5), 981-1020 -- Richard E. Caves (1974), 'International Trade, International Investment, and Imperfect Markets', Special Papers in International Economics No. 10, International Finance Section, Princeton University, November, 1-34 -- L.G. Telser (1966), 'Cutthroat Competition and the Long Purse', Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 259-70 -- B.S, Yamey (1972), 'Predatory Price Cutting: Notes and Comments', Journal of Law and Economics, XV (1), April, 129-42 -- Malcolm R. Burns (1986), 'Predatory Pricing and the Acquisition Cost of Competitors', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (2), April, 266-96 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1977), 'Predatory Pricing: A Strategic and Welfare Analysis', Yale Law Journal, 87 (284), December, Sections I-H, VII, 284-315, 337-40 -- William J. Baumol (1979), 'Quasi-Permanence of Price Reductions: A Policy for Prevention of Predatory Pricing', Yale Law Journal, 89 (1), November, 1-26 -- George J. Stigler (1950), 'Monopoly and Oligopoly by Merger', American Economic Review, XL (2), May, 23-34 -- George Bittlingmayer (1985), 'Did Antitrust Policy Cause the Great Merger Wave?', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), April, 77-98, 116-18 -- Shaw Livermore (1935), 'The Success of Industrial Mergers', Quarterly Journal of Economics, L, November, 68-96 -- Jürgen Müller (1976), 'The Impact of Mergers on Concentration: A Study of Eleven West German Industries', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXV (2), December, 113-32 -- David M. Barton and Roger Sherman (1984), 'The Price and Profit Effects of Horizontal Merger: A Case Study', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXHI (2), December, 165-77 -- Henry G. Marine (1965), 'Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control', Journal of Political Economy, LXXHI, April, 110-20 -- Richard E. Caves (1989), 'Mergers, Takeovers, and Economic Efficiency: Foresight vs. Hindsight', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 7, March, 151-74 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1968), 'Economies as an Antitrust Defense: The Welfare Tradeoffs', American Economic Review, LVIII, March, 18-36 -- Alexis Jacquemin (1990), 'Horizontal Concentration and European Merger Policy', European Economic Review, 34, May, 539-50.
    Abstract: William M. Landes and vRichard A. Posner (1981), 'Market Power in Antitrust Cases', Harvard Law Review, 94 (5), March, 937-83 -- George J. Stigler and Robert A. Sherwin (1985), 'The Extent of the Market', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), October, 555-85 -- U.S. Department of Justice Merger Guidelines (June 14 1984), 1-11, 13-15 -- William Breit and Kenneth G. Elzinga (1974), 'Antitrust Enforcement and Economic Efficiency: The Uneasy Case for Treble Damages', Journal of Law and Economics, XVH (2), October, 329-56 -- F.M. Scherer (1990), 'Sunlight and Sunset at the Federal Trade Commission', Administrative Law Review, 42, Fall, 461-87.
    Abstract: This review draws on a collection of seminal writings dealing with the development of competition policy in Europe, the United States and Japan. It begins by discussing the writings of leading philosophers and scholars on the rationale and desirability of competition in market economies. These interpretations range in time of origin from ancient Greece through to Adam Smith and James Madison to very recent contributions in the competition policy debate. Having established relevant philosophical foundations, the review offers analyses by leading British, American, German and Japanese scholars on the interpretation and administration of laws concerning price-fixing and other restrictive agreements, market dominance and monopolization, predatory practices and mergers
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...